/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/210409.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Friday, April 9, 2021, Vol. 25, No. 98

                            Headlines

203 W 107 STREET: Court Approves Disclosure Statement
203 W 107 STREET: Emerald Units Cleared for Chapter 11 Plan Vote
203 W 107 STREET: Unsecured Creditors to Recover Up to 100% in Plan
41-23 HAIGHT REALTY: Unsecureds to Split At Least $115K in Plan
53 STANHOPE: Brooklyn Lender Says 2nd Amended Plans Still Defective

ALASKA AIR: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Negative
ALPHA MEDIA: Sued SBA After PPP Loan Denial by U.S. Banks
ALTISOURCE PORTFOLIO: S&P Lowers ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Stable
AMINE LLC: Unsecureds Will Receive 100% of Their Claims
ASTROTECH CORP: Thomas Boone Pickens Reports 13.6% Equity Stake

BEL AIRE PROPERTIES: Unsecureds to Recover 100% With Interest
BERRY PETROLEUM: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B' ICR
BETA MUSIC: Wins Cash Collateral Access
BLOOMIN' BRANDS: Moody's Rates Proposed $1BB Secured Loans 'Ba2'
BOEING CO: Wants the $1-Bil. 737 Max 8 Suit Kept In Federal Court

BRAZOS ELECTRIC: Claimant Drops Bid to Form Separate Tort Panel
BSL TRANSPORT: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Legal Counsel
C.R.M. OF SPARTA: Seeks to Hire Boyer Terry as Legal Counsel
C.R.M. OF WARRENTON: Seeks to Hire Boyer Terry as Legal Counsel
CENTURIA FOODS: Seeks to Hire Lvovich & Szucsko as Special Counsel

CENTURY ALUMINUM: S&P Rates New $250MM Senior Secured Notes 'B'
CHESAPEAKE ENERGY: New Suit Must Concentrate on Post-Ch. 11 Rights
CHRISTOPHER & BANKS: Seeks Ch. 7 Due to Failure to Pay Admin. Fees
CMC MATERIALS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'BB+', Outlook Stable
CMG CAPITAL: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee

CNX RESOURCES: S&P Alters Outlook to Positive, Affirms 'B+' ICR
COLLECTED GROUP: Unsecureds Out of Money in Prepack Plan
CROWN SUBSEA: S&P Affirms 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
CTI BIOPHARMA: Signs $56M Underwriting Deal With Stifel, JMP
CYTODYN INC: Mahboob Rahman No Longer Serves as CSO

DEGROFF RX: Court Confirms Second Amended Plan
DGWB VENTURES: Claims to Be Paid in Full in Liquidating Plan
DK PROPERTIES: May 27 Hearing on Disclosure Statement
DOUBLE EAGLE III: S&P Places 'B-' ICR on CreditWatch Positive
ENCOREFX INC: Court Converts Case to CCAA Proceedings

ENERGY VENTURES: Moody's Hikes CFR to 'B3' & Rates New Notes 'Caa1'
EXACTUS INC: Shareholders Approve Reverse Stock Split
FIREEYE INC: Incurs $207.3 Million Net Loss in 2020
FIREEYE INC: John Watters Appointed as President, COO
FMT SJ LLC: Gets Two Court Wins, Hotel Case Moves Forward

FREEPORT-MCMORAN INC: S&P Hikes ICR to 'BB+' on Strong Cash Flows
G-III APPAREL: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'BB' ICR
G.A.F. SEELIG: Debtor Will Liquidate Its Assets to Pay Claims
GAMESTOP CORP: S&P Places 'B-' ICR on Watch Pos. on Equity Sale
GATEWAY REST: Seeks to Hire Rountree Lietman as Legal Counsel

GILBERT MH: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
GIRARDI & KEESE: Trustee Still Finding Potential Victims, Cases
GLOBAL FOODS: Seeks to Hire Timothy A. Bunch as Accountant
GNIRBES INC: May 5 Hearing on Disclosure Statement
GRAPHIC PACKAGING: S&P Lowers Unsecured Notes Rating to 'BB'

GREENSILL CAPITAL: U.S. Trustee Appoints Creditors' Committee
GREENSKY HOLDINGS: S&P Lowers ICR to 'B' on Profitability Erosion
H&S EXPRESS: Unsecured Creditors Will be Paid in Full in Plan
HASTINGS AND HOLLOWELL: Case Summary & Unsecured Creditor
HERTZ CORP: Selects Centerbridge, Warburg & Dundon for Exit Plan

HIGHPOINT RESOURCES: Seeks to Hire Epiq as Administrative Advisor
INDUSTRIAL REPAIR: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Legal Counsel
INTELSAT SA: Filing Says Jackson Noteholders Differ on Bonus Pay
JDL FEDERAL: Hits Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
LANDS' END: S&P Withdraws 'B-' Issuer Credit Rating

LANNETT COMPANY: Moody's Rates New 1st Lien Secured Notes 'B1'
LINKMEYER DEVELOPMENT: City Says Plan Unconfirmable
MADDOX FOUNDRY: Plan to Liquidate Assets to Pay Claims
METRONOMIC HOLDINGS: Crystal Lake Property Sale to 402 Federal OK'd
METRONOMIC HOLDINGS: Sale of 17 Collateral Properties to Fuse OK'd

MOTORMAX FINANCIAL: Seeks Approval to Hire Bankruptcy Attorneys
MYOMO INC: Signs Separation Agreement With VP
NATIONAL MUSEUM OF AMERICAN JEWISH: Valued $66 Million, Says Judge
NATIONAL RIFLE ASSOCIATION: LaPierre Failed to Report Yacht Trips
NEW SEASONG: Court Approves Disclosure Statement

NORTHERN OIL: Closes Acquisition of Reliance Marcellus' Properties
NTH SOLUTIONS: Chapter 11 Won't Affect Coatesville Center Project
NUVERRA ENVIRONMENTAL: Appoints David Nightingale as Director
OECONNECTION LLC: Moody's Assigns B2 Rating to $75M First Lien Loan
ORGANON & CO: S&P Assigns 'BB' Rating on New Senior Secured Notes

PACIFIC DENTAL: Moody's Assigns B1 CFR on Same Store Sales Growth
PALM BEACH BRAIN: US Trustee Says Disclosures Insufficient
PALM BEACH: Fine-Tunes Plan Documents; MOSC Assets Sold for $1.5M
PAPER SOURCE: Auction of Substantially All Assets Set for May 7
PG&E CO: Has 33 Charges Related to 2019 Sonoma County Wildfire

PHUNWARE INC: Signs $25 Million Sales Agreement With B. Riley
S & A RETAIL: Gets OK to Hire Omni Agent Solutions as Claims Agent
SCIH SALT: Moody's Gives B3 Rating on New $900MM Term Loan B
SERENDIPITY LABS: Unsecureds Will Recover 100% of Their Claims
SERTA SIMMONS: S&P Lowers ICR to 'CC' on Announced Tender Offer

SERTA SIMMONS: Seeks Investors as It Intends to Put Old Debt to Bed
SIRINE LLC: All Creditors Unimpaired in Reorganization Plan
STEWART SUPERMARKET: Taps Atkinson Law Associates as Legal Counsel
STONEWAY CAPITAL: Case Summary & 24 Unsecured Creditors
STONEWAY CAPITAL: Owner of 4 Argentine Power Plants in Chapter 11

STREAM TV: Court Okays Lenders Opposition to Chapter 11 Dismissal
TMS INTERNATIONAL: Moody's Rates New $300MM Unsecured Notes 'Caa1'
TOMMIE BROADWATER, JR: $550K Sale of DC Property to Benji Approved
TOWN SPORTS: Asks Court to Help Get Records from New Owner
TRIANGLE FLOWERS: Unsecured Creditors to Get 13% in Plan

ULD LOGISTICS: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Bankruptcy Counsel
UNITED SHORE: Fitch Assigns Final B+ Rating on $700MM Sr. Notes
UNITI GROUP: Moody's Rates New $570MM Secured Notes 'B2'
WAND NEWCO 3: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
WATERVILLE-MONCLOVA: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Counsel

WC CUSTER CREEK: Unsecureds Will be Paid in Full Over 60 Months
YACHT CLUB: Unsecureds to Recover 100 Cents on Dollar in Plan
[^] BOOK REVIEW: The First Junk Bond

                            *********

203 W 107 STREET: Court Approves Disclosure Statement
-----------------------------------------------------
Judge Lisa G. Beckerman has entered an order approving the
Disclosure Statement of 203 W 107 Street LLC, et al., as providing
holders of Claims in Class 2 and Class 4 of the Plan with adequate
information to make an informed decision as to whether to vote to
accept or reject the Plan.

April 7, 2021, as the date for determining (i) which holders of
Claims in the Voting Classes are entitled to vote to accept or
reject the Plan and receive Solicitation Packages in connection
therewith and (ii) whether Claims have been properly assigned or
transferred to an assignee pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3001(e) such
that the assignee can vote as the holder of the respective Claim.

Except to the extent the Debtors determine otherwise, the Debtors
are not required to provide Solicitation Packages to holders of
Claims or Interests in Classes 1, 3 and 5 of the Plan, as such
Holders are not entitled to vote on the Plan.

                   About 203 W 107 Street LLC

203 W 107 Street, LLC and 10 other entities affiliated with Emerald
Equity Group sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead
Case No. 20-12960) on Dec. 28, 2020.

The Debtors are single asset real estate entities that own
residential buildings on 107th Street and 117th Street in
Manhattan.  There are several hundred tenants currently residing in
the properties.

203 W 107 Street disclosed total assets of $7,044,031 and total
liabilities of $102,929,476 in its petition signed by   Ephraim
Diamond, chief restructuring officer.  Mr. Diamond and Arbel
Capital Advisors LLC have been retained to assist the Debtors and
Emerald in complying with their obligations under a restructuring
support agreement with LoanCore.

Backenroth Frankel & Krinsky, LLP and Belkin Burden Goldman, LLP
serve as the Debtors' bankruptcy counsel and special counsel,
respectively.


203 W 107 STREET: Emerald Units Cleared for Chapter 11 Plan Vote
----------------------------------------------------------------
Leslie A. Pappas of Bloomberg Law reports a group of bankrupt
Manhattan apartments owned by Emerald Equity Group got court
permission to seek creditors' votes on their Chapter 11 plan,
following revisions to address tenants and the government's
concerns over rat infestation and other property conditions.
According to the U.S. Trustee, the Plan is revised to resolve
objections from tenants and city.  

The Plan calls for handing ownership of the apartments to the
mortgage lender LoanCore Capital.  LoanCore has liens on the
properties and is owed $203 million.  Other secured creditors would
be paid in full under the plan.  Unsecured claims would be paid in
full up to $670,000, not including tenant claims.

Approving the apartment group's revised disclosure statement
Wednesday, April 7, 2021, Judge Lisa G. Beckerman.

                  About 203 W 107 Street, et al.

Brooklyn-based Emerald Equity Group, LLC, is a real estate
acquisition company with a portfolio comprising of over 3,000
residential units in buildings located throughout New York.
Emerald designated all management responsibilities for its
residential properties to its subsidiary, ArchRock, LLC.

203 W 107 Street, LLC and 10 other entities affiliated with Emerald
Equity Group sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead
Case No. 20-12960) on Dec. 28, 2020.

The Debtors are single asset real estate entities that own
residential buildings on 107th Street and 117th Street in
Manhattan.  There are several hundred tenants currently residing in
the properties.

203 W 107 Street disclosed total assets of $7,044,031 and total
liabilities of $102,929,476 in its petition signed by Ephraim
Diamond, chief restructuring officer.  Mr. Diamond and
Arbel Capital Advisors LLC have been retained to assist the Debtors
and Emerald in complying with their obligations under a
restructuring support agreement with LoanCore.

Backenroth Frankel & Krinsky, LLP and Belkin Burden Goldman, LLP
serve as the Debtors' bankruptcy counsel and special counsel,
respectively.


203 W 107 STREET: Unsecured Creditors to Recover Up to 100% in Plan
-------------------------------------------------------------------
203 W 107 Street LLC, et al., submitted a Third Amended Joint
Disclosure Statement.

The Plan's key elements are as follows:

    * The Debtors shall transfer title to the Properties and the
Assets (i.e., any property of the Estates for purposes of section
541 of the Bankruptcy Code, including Cash, Causes of Action
(including claims for outstanding rent under the Tenant Leases),
Tenant Leases as of the Confirmation Date, and incidental property
to which the Debtors ascribe de minimis value) directly to the
Successor Owners (entities designated, owned and controlled by
LoanCore), free and clear of all Claims, Liens, charges, interests
and encumbrances other than the Permitted Exceptions, the New
Mortgages, and governmental orders, applicable regulations
governing the regulatory status and rents of the units at the
Properties, and violations of record applicable to the Properties
and in effect as of the Effective Date.

    * The Successor Owners shall pay the Allowed Administrative
Claims, Allowed Priority Tax Claims, Allowed Priority Claims, and
Allowed General Unsecured Claims (without pre-petition interest or
post-petition interest) provided, however, that the aggregate
amount of consideration to be distributed by the Successor Owners
on account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall not exceed
$670,000.  If the aggregate of Allowed General Unsecured Claims
exceeds $670,000, holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims will
receive their pro rata share of $670,000.  To the extent necessary,
LoanCore will contribute sufficient funds to the Successor Owners
to ensure up to $670,000 is available for distribution to holders
of Allowed General Unsecured Claims.

    * The Debtors are assuming the Tenant Leases and assigning them
to the Successor Owners. The Successor Owners are assuming all
obligations of the Debtors as landlord under all of the assigned
Tenant Leases from and after the Effective Date and shall pay all
Cure costs that may be due in connection with the assumption and
assignment of the Tenant Leases.

    * Under Section 10.5 of the Plan, LoanCore, the Successor
Owners, and the New Mortgage Lender are granting a release in favor
of the Debtors, the Mezzanine Borrowers, the Guarantor, the
Affiliated Property Manager, and their respective Related Persons.
Under Section 10.6 of the Plan, the Debtors, the Mezzanine
Borrowers, the Guarantor, and the Affiliated Property Manager are
granting a release in favor of LoanCore, the Successor Owners, the
New Mortgage Lender, and their respective Related Persons.

The Debtors believe that their Plan is confirmable and is in the
best interests of all Claimants, who will receive a substantial
(and potentially 100%) cash recovery on their Allowed Claims
(without pre-petition interest or post-petition interest on the
Allowed Unsecured Claims) on or promptly following the Effective
Date (or promptly following allowance of their Claim). If the
aggregate of Allowed General Unsecured Claims exceeds $670,000,
holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims will receive their pro
rata share of $670,000. In the Debtors' view, because the amount of
LoanCore's Secured Claims exceed the value of the Properties, the
treatment of Unsecured Claims under the Plan provides a greater and
more certain recovery than that which is likely to be achieved
under other reorganization or liquidation alternatives. The Debtors
believe that Unsecured Claims would not receive any recovery in
connection with a liquidation of the Debtors' assets.

Under the Plan, on account of LoanCore's perfected first lien on
the Properties securing a claim in an amount not less than
$203,075,766 and the Successor Owners' payments to all creditors
with Allowed Claims in the manner described in the Plan, the
Properties and the Assets (i.e., any property of the Estates for
purposes of section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code, including Cash,
Causes of Action (including claims for past due rent), Tenant
Leases as of the Confirmation Date, and incidental property to
which the Debtors ascribe de minimis value) shall be transferred to
the Successor Owners pursuant to the Property Transfer effectuated
by execution of the Assignment Documents. Copies of the Assignment
Documents shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

LoanCore Capital is a privately-held asset management firm focused
on commercial real estate credit.  Since its inception in 2008,
LoanCore Capital has funded in excess of $23 billion comprised of
over 778 transactions. LoanCore Capital Credit REIT, LLC (referred
to as LoanCore in this Disclosure Statement) has $3 billion in
equity and $12 billion in balance sheet capacity. Accordingly,
LoanCore has sufficient resources to ensure the Successor Owners
have funds sufficient to perform their obligations under the Plan.

The Successor Owners shall be formed on or before ten (10) days
prior to the voting deadline for the Plan (or such later date as
approved by the Bankruptcy Court). The Plan Supplement shall
disclose: (i) the Successor Owners' names, (ii) the ownership for
the Successor Owners, (iii) under whose laws the Successor Owners
are organized, (iv) the legal characteristics of the Successor
Owners' formation, e.g., whether the Successor Owners are formed as
limited liability companies and/or corporations, (v) which of the
Debtors'assets to be transferred under the Plan will be transferred
to each of the Successor Owners, (vi) information regarding the
Successor Owners' capitalization and funding to operate and manage
the Properties, and (vii) a term sheet for the New Mortgages
summarizing the New Mortgages'key terms.

Counsel for the Debtors:

     Mark A. Frankel
     BACKENROTH FRANKEL & KRINSKY LLP
     800 Third Avenue, 11th Floor
     New York, New York 10022
     Tel: (212) 593-1100
     Fax: (212) 644-0544

A copy of the Third Amended Joint Disclosure Statement is available
at https://bit.ly/3uvN7Ai from PacerMonitor.com.

                         About the Debtors

203 W 107 Street LLC and 10 other entities affiliated with Emerald
Equity Group sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead
Case No. 20-12960) on Dec. 28, 2020.

The Debtors are Single Asset Real Estate entities that each owns a
residential-building property in Manhattan.  They own multi-family
residential buildings on 107th Street and 117th Streets in
Manhattan.  203 W 107 Street LLC, 210 W 107 Street LLC, 220 W 107
Street LLC and 230 W 107 Street LLC -- collectively, the "107th
Street Debtors" -- own the properties at 107th Street, New York.
124-136 East 117 LLC, 215 East 117 LLC, 231 East 117 LLC, 235 East
117 LLC, 244 East 117 LLC, East 117 Realty LLC and 1661 PA Realty
LLC -- collectively, the "117 Street Debtors" -- own the properties
at 117th Street.  Currently, there are several hundred tenants
residing in the Properties.

203 W 107 Street disclosed total assets of $7,044,031 against
$102,929,476 in liabilities.  210 W 107 Street disclosed total
assets of $13,607,479 against liabilities of $103,053,340.  220 W
107th Street disclosed total assets of $15,413,641 against debt of
$103,046,384.

The petitions were signed by Ephraim Diamond, chief restructuring
officer.

Emerald retained Arbel Capital Advisors LLC and Ephraim Diamond,
its managing member, to assist Emerald and the Debtors in complying
with their obligations under the Restructuring Support Agreement
with LoanCore.

BACKENROTH FRANKEL & KRINSKY, LLP, led by Mark Frankel, Esq., is
serving as counsel to the Debtors.


41-23 HAIGHT REALTY: Unsecureds to Split At Least $115K in Plan
---------------------------------------------------------------
Gregory Messer, Chapter 11 Trustee of the estate of 41-23 Haight
Realty Inc. a/k/a 41-23 Haight Street Realty, Inc., filed a First
Amended Chapter 11 Plan and a corresponding Disclosure Statement on
April 5, 2021.

The Plan is a liquidating plan. The information contained in this
Disclosure Statement was prepared by the Trustee and his counsel,
based upon information available to the Trustee, and preliminary
review of all proofs of claim timely filed with the Bankruptcy
Court or otherwise deemed timely filed by Stipulation or Order of
the Bankruptcy Court.

Eventually, on August 5, 2020, the Co-Brokers conducted a virtual
public auction sale of the Debtor's Real Property pursuant to the
Sale Procedures Order. Five qualified bidders participated in the
Auction and JCBD Investment Inc./Jinyu Zhang submitted the highest
bid in the amount of $28,100,000 . The Sale was confirmed by Court
Order dated August 13, 2020.

Under the Plan, Class 6 Allowed Unsecured Claims will be paid their
pro-rata share of no less than the amount of the General Unsecured
Creditor Reserve ($115,000).  As of the Bar Date, the aggregate
amount of the filed Class 6 Claims was approximately $29,110,280.
Class 6 is impaired.

Within the filed Class 6 Claims are several duplicative Claims and
Claims filed by or associated with insiders of the Debtor which
will be objected to or otherwise sought to be subordinated by the
Trustee and/or the Plan Administrator and/or the Committee.  The
amount of the Class 6 Claims may increase if Claims in Classes 4
and 5 are reclassified to Class 6 Claims.  Accordingly, Class 6 is
impaired, and therefore, such claimants are entitled to vote on the
Plan.  The Trustee may request that the Court determine the amount
of certain Class 6 Claims for purposes of voting on this Plan.

Class 7 Allowed Shareholder Interests will receive pro rata
Distributions under the Plan only in the event that all Classes of
Allowed Claims have been paid in full.  Class 7 is deemed to have
rejected the Plan.  Class 7 is impaired.

By Order dated July 21, 2020, the Court authorized the Trustee to
proceed with a public auction sale of the Real Property.  At the
auction sale, after competitive bidding, the Buyer was the
successful bidder for the Real Property having bid $28,100,000,
plus the payment of any and all transfer taxes and the buyer's
premium in the amount of $1,124,000.  On Sept. 14, 2020, the
Trustee closed on the sale of the Real Property with the Buyer.
Thereafter, the Trustee paid Haight Street Secured Lender in full,
except for the Committee Reserve and $115,000 set aside as part of
the General Unsecured Creditors Reserve.  After the payment of the
fees due the United States Trustee and the payment for the balance
of the work performed by OTL, the Trustee will have funds remaining
from the proceeds of sale of the Real Property available for
distribution under the Plan.

Counsel to Chapter 11 Trustee Gregory Messer:

     Gary F. Herbst, Esq.
     Jacqulyn Loftin, Esq.
     LaMONICA HERBST & MANISCALCO, LLP
     3305 Jerusalem Avenue
     Wantagh, New York 11793
     Telephone: 516.826.6500

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/31Z1NvA from PacerMonitor.com.

                 About 41-23 Haight Street Realty

41-23 Haight Street Realty, Inc. is a single asset real estate (as
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B).

On June 4, 2019, an involuntary Chapter 11 petition (Bankr.
E.D.N.Y. Case No. 19-43441) was filed against 41-23 Haight Street
Realty, Inc. by petitioning creditors, Wen Mei Wang, Xian Kang
Zhang, and Yu Qing Wang.  Judge Nancy Hershey Lord oversees the
case.

Victor Tsai, Esq., is Debtor's legal counsel.

On Aug. 12, 2019, the court-appointed Gregory Messer as Chapter 11
trustee for Debtor's estate.  The trustee is represented by
LaMonica Herbst & Maniscalco, LLP.

On July 17, 2020, the Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a
committee of unsecured creditors.  Gleichenhaus, Marchese &
Weishaar, PC serves as the committee's legal counsel.


53 STANHOPE: Brooklyn Lender Says 2nd Amended Plans Still Defective
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Brooklyn Lender LLC submitted an objection to the disclosure
statements explaining:

   * the Second Amended Plan for 53 Stanhope LLC, 325 Franklin LLC,
618 Lafayette LLC, 92 South 4th Street LLC, 834 Metropolitan Avenue
LLC, 1125-1133 Greene Ave LLC, APC Holding 1 LLC[,] Eighteen Homes
LLC, and 1213 Jefferson LLC [Dkt. No. 195] (the "53 Stanhope
Plan"),

    * the Second Amended Plan for D&W Real Estate Spring LLC and
Meserole and Lorimer LLC [Dkt. No. 197] (the "D&W Plan"), and

    * Second Amended Plan for 55 Stanhope LLC, 119 Rogers LLC, 127
Rogers LLC, C & YSW LLC, Natzliach LLC, 106 Kingston LLC and 167
Hart LLC [Dkt. No. 199] (the "55 Stanhope Plan")

Brooklyn Lender points out that over three months after the Court
denied confirmation of the Debtors' First Amended Plan, finding,
among other things, that the First Amended Plan was not feasible,
the Debtors have filed Disclosure Statements seeking approval of
the respective Plans, which do not cure many of the same defects
that doomed the First Amended Plan.  The Disclosure Statements fail
to disclose adequate information on fundamental issues affecting
creditors, including Brooklyn Lender, and the Disclosure Statements
for the Non-Sale Plans reveal plans that are premised on pure
speculation and unjustified optimism. The Debtors may hope that
their conjecture somehow will turn into reality by confirmation,
but the Court should not countenance a second confirmation hearing
on Plans that are patently unconfirmable or fail to disclose
adequate information. The costs and burdens on the parties and on
the Court cannot be justified.

Brooklyn Lender further points out that the D&W Plan relies on
financing referenced in an over two-month-old term sheet for a
Proposed Exit Facility that will expire by its own terms within
three days of the hearing on the Disclosure Statements (unless
extended at the sole and absolute discretion of the lender). The
terms of the Proposed Exit Facility are also materially worse than
the non-feasible financing this Court rejected in connection with
the First Amended Plan. Specifically, the D&W Plan does not propose
to pay Brooklyn Lender the full amount of its Claims that have been
Allowed, and beyond that, the $15 million Proposed Exit Facility
(only $14 million of which is available to the D&W Debtors net of
closing costs) is well below the amount needed to ensure an
adequate reserve for Brooklyn Lender's Appeal in the event it is
successful, or for its legal fees in the event those are Allowed.
Moreover, the Debtors' own unsupported liquidation analysis
indicates that Brooklyn Lender would be better off in a chapter 7
than under the D&W Plan because there would be roughly $3.6 million
to $9 million in surplus to reserve for Brooklyn Lender. At the
same time, it is unclear from the D&W Disclosure Statement that
there will be enough funds to cover all distributions under the
Plan. The D&W Plan is therefore patently unconfirmable.

Brooklyn Lender asserts that the 55 Stanhope Plan relies on
unproven and unsubstantiated aspirations that the 55 Stanhope
Debtors' rent rolls will be sufficient to reinstate Brooklyn
Lender, when their most recently available rent rolls from November
2020 barely exceed what their monthly payments would be, leaving
aside their need to reserve amounts in the event Brooklyn Lender is
successful on the Appeal or its legal fees become Allowed, as well
as the need to pay ordinary operating expenses. Further, the 55
Stanhope Plan's plain language states that it will only cure
unspecified monetary defaults which are not quantified in the 55
Stanhope Disclosure Statement, while also failing to ensure that
Brooklyn Lender's mortgages are preserved, which fails to meet the
standard for reinstatement under the Bankruptcy Code. The 55
Stanhope Plan also relies on the management of a convicted felon.
At the same time, as with the D&W Plan, the Debtors' own
unsupported liquidation analysis indicates that Brooklyn Lender
would be far better off in a chapter 7 liquidation, where a
substantial surplus would remain to pay Brooklyn Lender, including
in the event of a successful Appeal. Therefore, the 55 Stanhope
Plan is also patently unconfirmable.

According to Brooklyn Lender, there is also no question that the
Disclosure Statements lack adequate information, including
contradictory valuation information, incomplete information on
Brooklyn Lender's Claims and the Appeal, insufficient information
regarding the Debtors' post-confirmation management, and
unsupported liquidation analyses.

Attorneys for Brooklyn Lender LLC:

     Jennifer S. Recine
     Matthew B. Stein
     KASOWITZ BENSON TORRES LLP
     1633 Broadway
     New York, New York 10019
     Telephone: (212) 506-1700
     Facsimile: (212) 506-1800

                       About 53 Stanhope LLC

53 Stanhope LLC and 17 affiliates are primarily engaged in renting
and leasing real estate properties.

53 Stanhope LLC and its affiliates filed voluntary petitions
seeking relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 19-23013) on May 20, 2019.  The petitions
were signed by David Goldwasser, authorized signatory of GC Realty
Advisors.

Mark A. Frankel, Esq., at Backenroth Frankel & Krinsky, LLP,
represents the Debtors.

Each of the Debtors is an affiliate of 73 Empire Development LLC,
which sought bankruptcy protection (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No.
19-22285) on Feb. 21, 2019.  Its case is not jointly administered
with those of the Debtors.  

Backenroth Frankel also serves as counsel to 73 Empire Development.


ALASKA AIR: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Negative
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Alaska Air Group, Inc.'s Long-Term
Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB+'. The Rating Outlook remains
Negative. The rating affirmation reflects Alaska's manageable
increase in debt through the course of the pandemic, solid
pre-pandemic balance sheet, and exposure to domestic and leisure
travel, which is likely to rebound sooner than international and
business travel. The Negative Rating Outlook reflects continued
uncertainty around the pace of the recovery in air traffic. The
ratings are also supported by the company's conservative financial
policies, and intentions to de-lever as traffic rebounds.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Manageable Debt Balances: Similar to other airlines, Alaska
incurred a material amount of debt to help manage liquidity during
the pandemic. However, on a net basis, Alaska's debt is largely
unchanged from prior to the pandemic, as cash burn was largely
offset by government aid. The company finished 2020 with total debt
of roughly $3.5 billion, up from roughly $1.5 billion at the end of
2019. Net debt, excluding operating leases is near zero. Currently,
Fitch does not anticipate that Alaska's total debt balance will
rise further and the company is likely to refocus efforts on paying
down debt incurred during the pandemic. Fitch believes that Alaska
should be able to manage its balance sheet such that leverage
metrics return to levels that support the 'BB+' rating in 2022
assuming the recovery in traffic continues apace.

Traffic Recovery Slow but Accelerating: Recovery in airline traffic
was slower than Fitch's prior expectations through the first
quarter. Outbreaks of COVID around the world led travel
restrictions to be re-tightened and for leisure travel to be
discouraged.

However, traffic and bookings in the U.S. have seen material
improvement in recent weeks around spring break, leading to rising
passenger counts in March and early April. Passenger counts
reported by the TSA have improved to down in the 30%-40% range on
peak travel days (compared to 2019 levels). Rolling seven day
averages have improved to down 35% to 40% from 2019 levels compared
to down 50% or more just a few weeks ago. Traffic as measured by
RPMs will lag passenger counts due to the lack of long-haul
travel.

Fitch anticipates a fairly robust rebound later in the year,
particular in leisure and visiting friends and relatives (VFR)
traffic, once traveler confidence improves driven by significant
pent up demand. Fitch believes that rising demand along with
sizeable liquidity balances has reduced the risk of further ratings
downgrades. Certain airline ratings could stabilize over the next
year if the recovery proves sustainable. For now, most ratings in
the sector retain Negative Outlooks reflecting current low traffic
levels and uncertainty around the timing of a recovery.

Fleet Consolidation: The pandemic has allowed Alaska to accelerate
its fleet consolidation and upgauging plan as the company shifts
back toward an all-Boeing 737 mainline fleet. The company announced
a new order for 23 737 MAX 9s in December 2020, which followed an
agreement to lease 13 737 MAX 9s announced in November. The company
expects to remove all of the less efficient A319 and A320 aircraft,
acquired from the Virgin America merger in 2016, from its fleet by
2023 allowing the company to streamline operations and reduce
costs, similar to the benefits Southwest experiences with its
single fleet type. During the pandemic, the company removed 40
Airbus aircraft, bringing down total Airbus aircraft in the fleet
to 31 by the end of 2020. Fitch believes the shift towards a
streamlined fleet improves the company's recovery prospects as
costs are removed and efficiencies are gained.

American Airlines Partnership and OneWorld: Fitch views Alaska's
partnership with American Airlines and its entry into OneWorld as
strategic positives. Improved connectivity with American and
OneWorld partners will greatly improve Alaska's offerings on
international markets and help it compete for corporate accounts
against Delta that has expanded its presence in Seattle in recent
years. Alaska and American agreed to expand their codeshare
partnership last year, a partnership that was originally slated to
terminate last March. The new agreement includes reciprocal
benefits for frequent fliers and increased international flying
from American out of Seattle. Alaska officially joined the OneWorld
alliance at the end of March 2021.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Alaska's 'BB+' rating is in line with Delta Air Lines. Alaska's
financial metrics compare favorably to Delta's, including Alaska's
lower net leverage figures. Alaska is also better positioned to
benefit from the early stages of a rebound in traffic due to its
leverage to domestic and leisure travel. These factors are partly
offset by Alaska's size, scale, and regional concentration relative
to Delta. Alaska is rated three notches below Southwest Airlines,
with the difference driven by scale and by superior financial
flexibility for Southwest.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Airline traffic (RPMs) remains 45% or more below 2019 levels
    in 2021, only fully recovering to 2019 levels by 2024.
    Domestic and leisure travel are likely to rebound quicker.
    Fitch believes that leisure travel could be back to 2019
    levels on a run rate basis some time in 2023.

-- Fitch's models assume jet fuel prices of approximately
    $1.70/gallon in 2021, rising to $1.90/gallon in 2023. Actual
    jet fuel prices have risen above these levels in recent weeks,
    with spot prices hovering around $1.75. Into-plane prices,
    including taxes etc. are modestly higher. Incorporating higher
    fuel prices into Fitch's models would drive modestly lower
    margins and greater cash burn in 2021 and 2022 but Fitch
    believes that the impact by the end of the forecast period
    would be minimal as demand normalizes and the airlines are
    able to raise ticket prices.

-- Fitch expects RASM for the industry to remain below 2019
    levels through the forecast period driven by intense
    competition.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Adjusted debt/EBITDAR sustained around or below 2.25x;

-- FFO fixed-charge coverage increasing toward 4.0x;

-- FCF margins sustained in the mid-single-digits.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Gross adjusted leverage rising and remaining above 3.5x;

-- FFO fixed-charge coverage towards 3x;

-- Sustained EBIT margins in the single digits.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Solid Liquidity: Alaska finished the fourth quarter of 2020 with
$3.3 billion of unrestricted cash and marketable securities leaving
it with ample headroom to manage its daily cash burn, which stood
at $3.8 million/day at YE 2020. Fitch believes the company can hit
cash breakeven levels in 2021 if the recovery in traffic continues
on the current trajectory. Alaska is better positioned than some of
its larger peers due to its minimal international exposure and mix
favoring leisure travel over business travel, which Fitch believes
will recover at a faster pace. The low projected capital spending
in 2021, due to renegotiated terms with Boeing over 737 MAX issues,
is expected to offset some of the burden of principal payments due
in 2021 and 2022. Unlike many of its peers, Alaska has not issued
equity during the downturn. Unencumbered assets are currently lower
than pre-pandemic, but Fitch expects unencumbered aircraft will
rise over the next few years as debt is paid down and the company
pays for some new deliveries with cash. The company has not issued
debt backed by its loyalty program, which is another source of
liquidity. The program currently secures Alaska's CARES Act loan,
but the loan has not been drawn.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


ALPHA MEDIA: Sued SBA After PPP Loan Denial by U.S. Banks
---------------------------------------------------------
Alex Wolf of Bloomberg Law reports that Alpha Media Holdings LLC is
challenging the Small Business Administration's policy of blocking
bankrupt companies from seeking Paycheck Protection Program loans.

The bankrupt radio broadcasting company sued SBA administrator
Isabella Casillas Guzman Tuesday, April 6, 2021, in the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Virginia after its $10
million loan application was denied by U.S. Bank.

Following the agency's guidelines, the bank, a unit of U.S.
Bancorp, cited in its denial Alpha Media’s ongoing Chapter 11
case.

Several bankrupt companies have sued the SBA administrator with
similar claims over the past 2020, with mixed results.

                    About Alpha Media Holdings

Alpha Media is a privately held radio broadcast and multimedia
company. Formed in 2009 by a veteran radio executive, Alpha Media
grew through acquisitions and now owns or operates more than 200
radio stations that provide local news, sports, music, and
entertainment to a weekly audience of more than 11 million
listeners in 44 communities across the United States.

In addition to its radio stations, Alpha Media provides digital
content through more than 200 websites and countless mobile
applications and digital streaming services.

Alpha Media and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
E.D. Va. Lead Case No. 21-30209) on Jan. 25, 2021. John Grossi,
chief financial officer, signed the petitions. At the time of the
filing, Alpha Media disclosed estimated assets of $10 million to
$50 million and estimated liabilities of $50 million to $100
million.

Judge Kevin R. Huennekens oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP as legal
counsel, Kutak Rock LLP as local counsel, Moelis & Company as a
financial advisor, and Ernst & Young LLP as restructuring advisor.

Stretto is the claims and noticing agent.

Wilmington Savings Fund Society, the administrative agent to the
first-lien lenders, is represented by Debevoise & Plimpton, LLP,
and Hunton Andrews Kurth, LLP.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 4 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Feb. 3, 2021.  

The Committee tapped Hahn Loeser & Parks, LLP, as its bankruptcy
counsel, Hirschler Fleischer, P.C. as local counsel, Dundon
Advisers LLC as a financial advisor, and Miller Buckfire & Co.,
LLC, as an investment banker.


ALTISOURCE PORTFOLIO: S&P Lowers ICR to 'CCC+', Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Altisource
Portfolio Solutions S.A. to 'CCC+' from 'B-'. The outlook is
negative.

S&P said, "We also lowered our rating on the company's senior
secured notes to 'CCC-' from 'B-'. The recovery rating on the
senior secured notes is '6', reflecting our expectation of a
negligible recovery (5%) in a hypothetical default scenario."

The moratorium on mortgage foreclosures, stay-at-home policies from
the COVID-19 pandemic, and the transfer of certain field services,
title and valuation referrals related to one of Ocwen's MSR
investors to that investor's captive vendors hurt Altisource's 2020
operating results, resulting in EBITDA interest coverage of about
0.8x and negative cash flow from operations.

S&P said, "The downgrade follows the extension of the moratorium on
mortgage foreclosures by the Biden Administration.   We expect the
moratorium will continue to hurt Altisource's EBITDA and cash flow
generation in 2021 through at least the first half of 2022. EBITDA
interest coverage was about 0.8x in 2020, and the company generated
negative cash flow from operations during the year. A reversal in
performance will depend on the company's mostly countercyclical
business model, which could benefit from increases in delinquencies
or foreclosures after forbearance options are exhausted, and
Altisource's ability to continue to grow its originations
business.

"We still believe Altisource's $58 million of available cash at
year-end 2020 is sufficient to cover liquidity outflows over the
next 12 months.   The company has no mandatory debt amortization
until the maturity of the senior secured term loan in April 2024.
We expect the company will incur a cash loss from operations of $20
million to $40 million in 2021 (including the $12 million to $14
million of cash interest payments on its senior secured term loan),
and for capital expenditures to remain minimal at $2 million to $3
million per year.

"We lowered our recovery expectations on the company's senior
secured notes in our simulated default scenario because we expect
the minimal EBITDA generation in 2020 to continue into 2022,
leading us to lower our estimate of the fixed-charge proxy.

"The negative outlook reflects our view that over the next 12
months, the moratorium on foreclosures will continue to erode the
company's liquidity.

"We could lower the ratings over the next 12 months if we believe
Altisource's liquidity is not able to sustain another 12 months of
operations. We could also lower the ratings if the company executes
exchange offers or debt restructuring on its senior secured term
loan that we would view as distressed.

"An upgrade is unlikely over the next 12 months. Over the longer
term, we could revise the outlook to stable if we believe
Altisource could sustain EBITDA interest coverage above 1.5x while
generating positive cash flow from operations."

-- S&P's simulated default scenario assumes a default in 2022. S&P
assumes an erosion in Altisource's EBITDA and cash generation,
which would limit the company's ability to service interest expense
and maintenance capital expenditure, resulting in a default.

-- The default scenario assumes that Altisource would reorganize
in the event of a default. S&P has therefore valued the company as
a going concern, using a 4.5x EBITDA multiple at emergence.

-- Moratorium on mortgage foreclosures to continue into 2022

-- EBITDA at emergence: $4.8 million

-- EBITDA multiple: 4.5x

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $20.5
million

-- Collateral value available to secured creditors: $20.5 million

-- Senior secured term loan debt: $255 million

    --Recovery expectations: 5% ('6' recovery rating)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.



AMINE LLC: Unsecureds Will Receive 100% of Their Claims
-------------------------------------------------------
Amine, LLC, d/b/a Super Stop, submitted a Second Amended Plan of
Reorganization.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay creditors of Amine, LLC
dba Super Stop from cash flow from operations and/or future income.


Non- priority unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will
receive distributions which the proponent of this plan has valued
approximately 100 cents on the dollar. All classes of claims are
unimpaired.

A copy of the Second Amended Plan of Reorganization is available at
https://bit.ly/39P38cR from PacerMonitor.com.

                         About Amine LLC

Amine, LLC is a Mobile, Ala.-based convenience store, which
conducts business under the name Super Stop.

Amine sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. S.D. Ala. Case No. 20-11953) on Aug. 6, 2020.  At the time
of the filing, the Debtor had estimated assets of less than $50,000
and liabilities of between $100,001 and $500,000.

Barry A. Friedman & Associates, PC, is the Debtor's legal counsel.


ASTROTECH CORP: Thomas Boone Pickens Reports 13.6% Equity Stake
---------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas Boone Pickens III disclosed in an amended Schedule 13D filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission that as of March 26,
2021, he beneficially owns 3,290,320 shares of common stock of
Astrotech Corporation, which represents 13.6 percent of the shares
outstanding.  

The percentage is based on 24,269,104 Common Shares outstanding as
of Feb. 11, 2021, as reported in Astrotech's prospectus supplement
as filed with the SEC on Feb. 12, 2021, plus 1,328,571 Restricted
Common Shares granted to the Reporting Person, 280,898 Common
Shares underlying 280,898 Preferred Shares, and 82,500 Common
Shares underlying options to purchase Common Shares, which assumes
the exercise of such options at the exercise price in effect on the
date of the filing (March 31, 2021).

On March 26, 2021, Mr. Pickens was granted 1,328,571 Restricted
Common Shares.  One-third of the total number of shares of common
stock granted shall vest and become exercisable on each of the
three anniversaries of March 26, 2021, such that 100% of the shares
of common stock granted shall be fully vested and exercisable on
March 26, 2024, subject to the Reporting Person's continuous
employment with Astrotech through each such applicable
anniversary.

A full-text copy of the regulatory filing is available for free
at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1001907/000156459021017006/ck0001310519-sc13da.htm

                           About Astrotech

Astrotech (NASDAQ: ASTC) -- http://www.astrotechcorp.com-- is a
science and technology development and commercialization company
that launches, manages, and builds scalable companies based on
innovative technology in order to maximize shareholder value.  1st
Detect develops, manufactures, and sells trace detectors for use in
the security and detection market.  AgLAB is developing chemical
analyzers for use in the agriculture market.  BreathTech is
developing a breath analysis tool to provide early detection of
lung diseases.  Astrotech is headquartered in Austin, Texas.

Astrotech reported a net loss of $8.31 million for the year ended
June 30, 2020, compared to a net loss of $7.53 million for the year
ended June 30, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had $23.58
million in total assets, $4.77 million in total liabilities, and
$18.81 million in total stockholders' equity.

Armanino LLP, in San Francisco, California, the Company's auditor
since 2019, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated Sept. 8, 2020, citing that the Company has suffered recurring
losses from operations and has net cash flows deficiencies that
raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going
concern.


BEL AIRE PROPERTIES: Unsecureds to Recover 100% With Interest
-------------------------------------------------------------
Bel Aire Properties, LLC, submitted an Amended and Restated Plan of
Reorganization, dated March 3, 2021.

Since the filing of the case, the Debtor has continued operations
as a debtor-in-possession and worked diligently to reduce operating
expenses and reorganize its financial affairs, including engaging
in lease modifications with the operating entities to negotiate
amended leases that provide for yearly rent increases.
Additionally, the prioritization of assisted living facilities for
the initial rollout of covid vaccinations in December 2020 had led
to increased occupancy at both BAH and BASL.  Accordingly, the
Debtor proposes this Plan, in an effort to reorganize its financial
affairs, make distributions to creditors and obtain a discharge of
its debts.

In general, the Debtor's Plan proposes to pay holders of Allowed
Claims the full amount of their Allowed Claim.  Holders of Allowed
Secured Claims will be paid separately (not from the Debtors'
Disposable Income), as set forth in the Plan.  The Debtor will
utilize its Disposable Income for a period of three years, to be
distributed to remaining Allowed Claim holders on a pro-rata basis
as provided in the Plan.

The Plan will treat claims as follows:

    * Class 1 Secured Claim of Rock Canyon Bank.  Rock Canyon Bank
has a claim secured by a residential lot located in Woodland Hills,
Utah.  Rock Canyon Bank filed a proof of claim (Claim No. 5)
evidencing a fully secured claim of $44,494.  The Debtor and Rock
Canyon Bank entered into a Loan Modification.  The Debtor will make
monthly mortgage payments in accordance with the mortgage
agreement, as modified by the Loan Modification.  Under the terms
of the Loan Modification, the Debtor will make monthly payments in
the amount of $845.63 until the maturity date or the loan is paid
off.

    * Class 5 General Unsecured Claims.  Each holder of an Allowed
Unsecured Claim shall receive equal monthly distributions
calculated by dividing the Allowed Amount of the applicable
Unsecured Claim over the following payment period, with interest
accruing at the Plan Rate.  Monthly payments shall be paid on or
before the 15th day of each month, commencing with the first month
following the Effective Date and continuing until the last month
immediately preceding three years from the Petition Date.  The
Debtor shall have the right to pre-pay any distribution to the
holders of this Class.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Blake D. Miller
     Deborah R. Chandler
     ANDERSON & KARRENBERG
     50 West Broadway, Suite 700
     Salt Lake City, Utah 84101
     Telephone: (801) 534-1700
     Facsimile: (801) 364-7697
     E-mail: bmiller@aklawfirm.com
             dchandler@aklawfirm.com

A copy of the Amended and Restated Plan Of Reorganization is
available at https://bit.ly/2Rgbioc from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Bel Aire Properties

Bel Aire Properties is primarily engaged in renting and leasing
real estate properties.

Bel Aire Properties filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Utah Case No.
20-25412) on Sep. 8, 2020. The petition was signed by Steven
Sabins, member.  At the time of filing, the Debtor estimated $1
million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.  Deborah R.
Chandler, Esq. at ANDERSON & KARRENBERG serves as the Debtor's
counsel.


BERRY PETROLEUM: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B' ICR
--------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on U.S.-based oil and
natural gas exploration and production (E&P) company Berry
Petroleum Corp. to stable from negative and affirmed its 'B-'
issuer credit rating.

S&P said, "At the same time, we affirmed our 'B' issue-level rating
on the company's senior unsecured notes. Our '2' recovery rating on
the notes remains unchanged.

"The stable outlook reflects our view that Berry will maintain
funds from operations (FFO) to debt of about 30% over the next two
years.

"The outlook revision reflects our expectation that Berry's credit
measures will improve in 2021 and 2022 under our revised price deck
assumptions.  Based on our higher oil price assumption, and
incorporating improvements in the company's cost structure, we now
expect its FFO to debt to be about 30%, on average, in 2021 and
2022, which compares with our prior forecast for 20%. In addition,
we expect Berry's debt to EBITDA to remain in the 2.5x-3.0x range
over the next couple of years, which is lower than our previous
3.5x estimate.

"Berry has no near-term refinancing needs and we view its liquidity
as adequate.  The company does not face any debt maturities before
2026 and has $200 million of availability under its reserve-based
lending facility due 2022. In addition, Berry had $80 million of
cash on its balance sheet as of year-end 2020. Although the hedges
it currently has in place will limit the effect of the improved
commodity prices on its results, we expect the company to generate
about $15 million of free cash flow in 2021. Berry reinstated its
dividend in the first quarter of 2021 and we believe it will likely
use its surplus free cash flow over the next 12 months for
shareholder returns. We view the risk of a distressed exchange or
below-par debt buyback as very low given the current trading levels
of its debt.

"We still view Berry's exposure to environmental and social risks
as elevated compared with that of its sector peers.  Most of the
company's reserves and operations are located in California, which
is generally not supportive of oil and gas drilling activities. We
believe the risk of tighter regulations or community opposition to
drilling or fracking, which would likely increase Berry's costs or
hinder its ability to develop and replace its reserves, is high.

"The stable outlook on Berry reflects our expectation that its debt
to EBITDA will remain in the 2.5x-3.0x range with FFO to debt of
close to 30% in 2022 under our current price assumptions.

"We could lower our rating on Berry if its liquidity deteriorates,
its leverage becomes unsustainable, or we believe it has become
dependent on favorable business conditions to meet its financial
obligations. This would most likely occur if commodity prices
weaken and the company does not reduce its spending.

"We could raise our rating on Berry if we expect its FFO to debt to
approach 45% and its debt to EBITDA to improve to near 2x on a
sustained basis, while it maintains adequate liquidity, which would
most likely occur if commodity prices remain stable or rise and the
company sustains its current level of production. That said, we
would also have to believe the regulatory environment in California
had become more supportive of oil and gas activities before we
would raise our rating."



BETA MUSIC: Wins Cash Collateral Access
---------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Florida,
Fort Lauderdale Division, has authorized Beta Music Group, Inc. and
Get Credit Healthy, Inc. to use cash collateral on a final basis.

GCH requires use of cash collateral to prevent immediate and
irreparable harm to the estate and to minimize disruption to its
business operations. Entry of the Order will also enhance the
possibility of maximizing the value of the Debtors' estates for the
benefit of all stakeholders.

Subject to the Debtors' rights arising under 11 U.S.C. sections
544, 546, and 550, the Debtors admit that:

     i. GCH borrowed money from the SBA pursuant to a note and
security agreement, and that GCH's obligations to the SBA
constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of GCH; and

    ii. The SBA has a first priority lien on the collateral
identified in the security agreement and UCC-1 financing statement.


The SBA is entitled to adequate protection and, based on the
Debtors' representations, there are no other entities known to the
Debtors other than the SBA who assert an interest in cash
collateral.

The Debtors are authorized to use Cash Collateral to pay (a)
amounts authorized by the Court; (b) the expenses set forth in the
budget so long as the aggregate of all expenses for each month do
not exceed the amount in the Budget by more than 10% for any such
month on a cumulative basis; and (c) additional amounts approved in
writing by the SBA.

As adequate protection with respect to the SBA's interests in Cash
Collateral, the SBA is granted a replacement lien in and upon all
the categories and types of collateral in which it held a security
interest and lien as of the Petition Date to the same extent,
validity and priority that the SBA held as of the Petition Date.

The Debtors will maintain insurance coverage for the Collateral in
accordance with the obligations under the loan and security
documents.

It will be an event of default if the Debtors exceed the Variance
without the prior written consent of the SBA, which consent will
not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, in the event of a
default, the Debtors' authority to use Cash Collateral will
continue until the SBA obtains an order by appropriate motion after
notice and hearing requiring the Debtors to cease using Cash
Collateral.

A copy of the order and the six-month budget is available for free
at https://bit.ly/3cShACO from PacerMonitor.com.

                   About Beta Music Group, Inc.

Beta Music Group, Inc. through its operating subsidiary Get Credit
Healthy -- http://www.getcredithealthy.com/-- utilizes its
proprietary processes, platform, and software to integrate with
lenders to make it easier to recapture leads. The Debtor sought
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
S.D. Fla. Case No. 21-12199) on March 5, 2021. In the petition
signed by Elizabeth Karwowski, president, the Debtor disclosed
$802,688 in assets and $1,336,478 in liabilities.

Judge Scott M. Grossman oversees the case.

Grace E. Robson, Esq., at Markowitz, Ringel, Trusty & Hartog, P.A.,
is the Debtor's counsel.



BLOOMIN' BRANDS: Moody's Rates Proposed $1BB Secured Loans 'Ba2'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed Bloomin' Brands, Inc.'s B1
corporate family rating and B1-PD probability of default rating. In
addition, Moody's upgraded Bloomin' Brands senior secured revolving
credit facility rating and senior secured term loan A rating to Ba2
from Ba3. Moody's also assigned a Ba2 rating to Bloomin' Brands
proposed $800 million senior secured revolving credit facility and
$200 million term loan A. Moody's also assigned a B2 rating to the
company's proposed $300 million senior unsecured note offering and
upgraded the Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating to SGL-2 from
SGL-3. The company's outlook is negative.

The proposed financing will extend the maturities of the $800
billion revolver and $200 million term loan A to 2026. Proceeds
from the $300 million of unsecured notes will be used to repay $225
million of term loan A debt and $75 million of outstanding revolver
borrowings.

"The affirmation reflects our expectation that Bloomin' Brands
operating performance will gradually improve in 2021 and result in
stronger credit metrics and improved liquidity." stated Bill Fahy,
Moody's Senior Credit Officer. Moody's expects the trends in same
store sales to improve in 2021 due to easier comparisons to prior
year and as restrictions begin to lessen on a sustained basis over
time. "Bloomin' Brands good liquidity is expected to provide it
with the ability to manage the uncertainties that still exist due
to continued government restrictions as it reduces leverage to be
in line with its net lease adjusted leverage (as calculated by
Bloomin' Brands) target of 3.0x," Fahy added. The upgrade of the
speculative grade liquidity rating to SGL-2 reflects Bloomin'
Brands $800 million revolver that is expected to be largely
undrawn, reasonable cash balances and positive free cash flow.

The upgrade of the Term Loan A and revolving credit facility
reflect the reduction in total secured debt in the pro forma
capital structure as well as the issuance of the unsecured notes
that increase the amount of liabilities that are junior too and
provides additional support for the higher bank facility ratings.
However, in the event the amount of secured debt increased
materially from currently proposed levels ($800 million revolver
and $200 term loan A) the B2 rating on the $300 million senior
unsecured notes could be negatively impacted.

The negative outlook reflects the uncertainty with regards to the
potential length and severity of restrictions which could delay
Bloomin' Brands ability to reduce leverage to under 5.5 times and
strengthen coverage to above 1.5 times (as calculated by Moody's)
on a sustained basis by the end of 2021. The outlook also takes
into account the negative impact on consumers ability and
willingness to spend on eating out until the crisis materially
subsides.

Upgrades:

Issuer: Bloomin' Brands, Inc.

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Upgraded to SGL-2 from SGL-3

Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility, Upgraded to Ba2 (LGD2) from
Ba3 (LGD3)

Affirmations:

Issuer: Bloomin' Brands, Inc.

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed B1-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed B1

Assignments:

Issuer: Bloomin' Brands, Inc.

GTD Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, Assigned Ba2 (LGD2)

GTD Senior Secured Term Loan, Assigned Ba2 (LGD2)

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B2 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Bloomin' Brands, Inc.

Outlook, Remains Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Bloomin' Brands B1 CFR is supported by its high level of brand
awareness of its four brands (Outback Steakhouse, Carrabba's
Italian Grill, Bonefish Grill, and Fleming's Prime Steakhouse and
Wine Bar) and its focus on off-premise, To-Go, and third party
delivery services. Bloomin' Brands also benefits from its large and
diversified asset base with 1,474 spread across the US and with
about 20% located internationally and its good liquidity. The B1 is
constrained by the impact of the coronavirus pandemic on Bloomin
Brands' operating results which has resulted in very high leverage
and weak coverage as of the end of 2020.

The restaurant sector has been one of the sectors most
significantly affected by the coronavirus outbreak given its
exposure to widespread location restrictions and closures as well
as its sensitivity to consumer demand and sentiment. Moody's
regards the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its ESG
framework, given the substantial implications for public health and
safety.

Bloomin' Brands board of directors is a good mix of industry and
industry related experience, as well as directors with large
company experience and varied periods of board tenure. Bloomin'
Brands board has 10 members, 8 of which are independent.
Restaurants by their nature and relationship with sourcing food and
packaging, as well as an extensive labor force and constant
consumer interaction are deeply entwined with sustainability,
social and environmental concerns. As part of that commitment,
Bloomin' Brands has an Advisory Council, comprised of independent
scientists and leading authorities who advise it on animal welfare
and sustainability practices. While this may not directly impact
the credit, they impact brand image and result in a more positive
view of the brand overall.

Restaurants are deeply entwined with sustainability, social and
environmental concerns given their operating model with regards to
sourcing food and packaging, as well as having an extensive labor
force and constant consumer interaction. While these may not
directly impact the credit, these factors could impact brand image
and change consumer perception of the brand overall.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could result in a stable outlook include a clear plan
and time line for the lifting of restrictions on restaurants that
result in a sustained improvement in operating performance,
liquidity and credit metrics. Whereas an upgrade would require a
sustained strengthening of operating performance that resulted in
leverage of around 4.5 times, coverage of about 2.5 times and good
liquidity.

Factors that could result in a downgrade include an inability to
reduce leverage or increase coverage despite a lifting of
restaurant restrictions and a subsequent recovery in earnings and
liquidity. Specifically, ratings could be downgraded in the event
debt to EBITDA exceeded 5.5 times or EBIT coverage of interest
remained below 1.5 times on a sustained basis.

Bloomin' Brands owns and operates a diversified base of casual
dining concepts which include Outback Steakhouse, Carrabba's
Italian Grill, Bonefish Grill, and Fleming's Prime Steakhouse and
Wine Bar. Annual revenues were approximately $3.2 billion for the
LTM period ending December 2020.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Restaurant
Industry published in January 2018.


BOEING CO: Wants the $1-Bil. 737 Max 8 Suit Kept In Federal Court
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that Boeing asked an Illinois federal court on
Wednesday, April 7, 2021, to reconsider its decision to send a $1
billion suit over its 737 Max 8 jets back to state court, saying
more recent decisions and the plaintiffs' bankruptcy should keep
the case at the federal level.

In the motion, The Boeing Co. pointed to a number of decisions from
Seventh Circuit courts, including the same district as the present
case, that gave approval to the "snap removal" of lawsuits.

                        About Boeing Co.

Chicago-based The Boeing Company (NYSE: BA) is the world's largest
aerospace company and leading provider of commercial airplanes,
defense, space and security systems, and global services.  As a top
U.S. exporter, the company supports commercial and government
customers in more than 150 countries.  Boeing employs more than
160,000 people worldwide and leverages the talents of a global
supplier base.  Building on a legacy of aerospace leadership,
Boeing continues to lead in technology and innovation, deliver for
its customers and invest in its people and future growth.

                          *     *     *

The aviation industry has been severely affected by the economic
shutdowns and travel restrictions brought by the Coronavirus
pandemic.

Even before the outbreak, Boeing has been burning a lot of cash by
continuing to pay its suppliers and employees without much revenue
as its 737 Max is still grounded.  The 737 Max grounding followed
two fatal crashes for that new model last year.  Now with the
pandemic, airlines are now deferring orders since the virus has
brought global travel to a near standstill.

Boeing in April 2020 raised US$25 billion in a bond offering that
allowed the company avoid taking government aid.


BRAZOS ELECTRIC: Claimant Drops Bid to Form Separate Tort Panel
---------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas
granted the motion filed by Larry Duane Ford, a personal injury
claimant, to withdraw his motion requesting the appointment of a
separate tort claimants' committee in Brazos Electric Power
Cooperative, Inc.'s Chapter 11 case.

The court granted the motion "without prejudice" to the issue of
the U.S. Trustee for Region 6 either filling the vacancy or
reconstituting the four-member unsecured creditors' committee that
was appointed in Brazos' bankruptcy case to the original
five-member committee.

Mr. Ford withdrew his request for appointment of a separate tort
claimants' committee following consultation with the U.S. Trustee
and the official unsecured creditors' committee.

The U.S. Trustee initially appointed a five-member unsecured
creditors' committee, three of which are tort claimants.  One of
these tort claimants eventually resigned.  

                      About Brazos Electric

Brazos Electric Power Cooperative Inc. is a 3,994-megawatt
transmission and generation cooperative which members' service
territory covers 68 counties from the Texas Panhandle to Houston.
It was organized in 1941 and the first cooperative formed in the
Lone Star state with the primary intent of generating and supplying
electrical power. At present, Brazos Electric is the largest
generation and transmission cooperative in the state and is the
wholesale power supplier for its 16 member-owner distribution
cooperatives and one municipal system.

Brazos Electric filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Texas Case No.
21-30725) on March 1, 2021. At the time of the filing, the Debtor
disclosed assets of between $1 billion and $10 billion and
liabilities of the same range.

Judge David R. Jones oversees the case.

Brazos Electric hired Norton Rose Fulbright and Dallas partner
Louis Strubeck, to lead its restructuring effort. Lawyers say that
Foley & Lardner LLP bankruptcy partner Holland O'Neil is also
advising Brazos Electric. Stretto is the claims and noticing
agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtor's case on March 15, 2021.  The
committee is represented by the law firms of Porter Hedges, LLP and
Kramer, Levin, Naftalis & Frankel, LLP.


BSL TRANSPORT: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
BSL Transport Leasing Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Ohio to hire Diller and Rice,
LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor with respect to its rights, powers and
duties in its Chapter 11 case;

     (b) advising and assisting the Debtor in the preparation of
its bankruptcy schedules and statement of financial affairs;

     (c) assisting and advising the Debtor in connection with the
administration of the case;

     (d) analyzing the claims of creditors and negotiate with such
creditors;

     (e) investigating the acts, conduct, assets, rights,
liabilities and financial condition of the Debtor and the Debtor's
business;

     (f) advising the Debtor and negotiating with respect to the
sale of its assets;

     (g) investigating, filing and prosecuting litigation on behalf
of the Debtor;

     (h) proposing a plan of reorganization;

     (i) appearing and representing the Debtor at hearings,
conferences and other proceedings;

     (j) preparing or reviewing motions, applications, orders and
other documents filed with the court;

     (k) instituting or continuing any appropriate proceedings to
recover assets of the estate;

     (l) other legal services.

Diller and Rice will be paid at these rates:

     Steven L. Diller     $315 per hour
     Raymond L. Beebe     $315 per hour
     Eric R. Neuman       $285 per hour
     Adam J. Motycka      $200 per hour

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $6,500 from the
Debtor, of which $1,738 was used to pay the filing fee.

Steven Diller, Esq., attorney at Diller and Rice, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Diller and Rice can be reached at:

     Steven L. Diller,
     Diller and Rice, LLC
     124 East Main Street
     Van Wert, OH 45891
     Phone: (419) 238-5025
     Fax:(419) 238-4705
     Email: Steven@drlawllc.com

                    About BSL Transport Leasing

Formed in 2007, BSL Transport Leasing Inc.'s primary assets are
trucks and trailers, which it then leases to a related company, IRM
Express, LLC.  

BSL Transport Leasing filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ohio Case No.
21-30507) on March 26, 2021.  Peggy Toedter, treasurer, signed the
petition.  In the petition, the Debtor disclosed $654,700 in assets
and $5,957,352 in liabilities.  

Judge John P. Gustafson oversees the case.

Steven L. Diller, Esq., at Diller and Rice, LLC, serves as the
Debtor's counsel.  


C.R.M. OF SPARTA: Seeks to Hire Boyer Terry as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
C.R.M. of Sparta, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Middle District of Georgia to hire Boyer Terry, LLC as its
legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor with respect to its powers and duties
in the continued operation of its business and management of its
property;

     (b) preparing legal papers;

     (c) prosecuting existing litigation and conducting
examinations incidental to the administration of the Debtor's
estate;

     (d) taking the necessary actions for the proper preservation
and administration of the estate;

     (e) assisting in the preparation and filing of a statement of
financial affairs, bankruptcy schedules and lists;

     (f) taking whatever action is necessary with reference to the
use by the Debtor of its property pledged as collateral, including
cash collateral;

     (g) asserting claims that the Debtor may have against others;

     (h) assisting the Debtor in connection with claims for taxes
made by governmental units; and

     (i) other legal services.

The Debtor paid a pre-bankruptcy advance deposit of $10,000.  The
amount of $1,591 was used to pay the firm's pre-bankruptcy services
while $1,769.35 was used to pay the filing fee.

The firm will charge $300 to $370 per hour for attorney's time and
$100 per hour for paralegal time.

Wesley Boyer, Esq., a partner at Boyer Terry, disclosed in a court
filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Wesley J. Boyer, Esq.
     Boyer Terry, LLC
     348 Cotton Avenue, Suite 200
     Macon, Georgia 31201
     Tel: (478) 742-6481
     Email: Wes@BoyerTerry.com

                        About C.R.M. of Sparta

C.R.M. of Sparta, LLC, a Bolingbroke, Ga.-based company that
operates a skilled nursing facility, filed its voluntary petition
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Ga.
Case No. 21-50200) on March 5, 2021.  Michael E. Winget, Sr.,
managing member, signed the petition.  At the time of filing, the
Debtor had between $1 million and $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.  Judge James P. Smith oversees the case.  Wesley J.
Boyer, Esq., at Boyer Terry, LLC serves as the Debtor's legal
counsel.


C.R.M. OF WARRENTON: Seeks to Hire Boyer Terry as Legal Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
C.R.M. of Warrenton, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Middle District of Georgia to hire Boyer Terry, LLC
as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor with respect to its powers and duties
in the continued operation of its business and management of its
property;

     (b) preparing legal papers;

     (c) prosecuting existing litigation and conducting
examinations incidental to the administration of the Debtor's
estate;

     (d) taking the necessary actions for the proper preservation
and administration of the estate;

     (e) assisting in the preparation and filing of a statement of
financial affairs, bankruptcy schedules and lists;

     (f) taking whatever action is necessary with reference to the
use by the Debtor of its property pledged as collateral, including
cash collateral;

     (g) asserting claims that the Debtor may have against others;

     (h) assisting the Debtor in connection with claims for taxes
made by governmental units; and

     (i) other legal services.

The firm will charge $300 to $370 per hour for attorney's time and
$100 per hour for paralegal time.

The Debtor paid a pre-bankruptcy advance deposit of $10,000.  The
amount of $1,591 was used to pay the firm's pre-bankruptcy services
while $1,769.35 was used to pay the filing fee.

Wesley Boyer, Esq., a partner at Boyer Terry, disclosed in a court
filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Wesley J. Boyer can be reached at:

     Wesley J. Boyer, Esq.
     Boyer Terry, LLC
     348 Cotton Avenue, Suite 200
     Macon, Georgia 31201
     Tel: (478) 742-6481
     Email: Wes@BoyerTerry.com

                     About C.R.M. of Warrenton

C.R.M. of Warrenton, LLC is a Bolingbroke, Ga.-based company that
operates in the health care industry.

C.R.M. of Warrenton filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Ga. Case No.
21-50201) on March 5, 2021.  Michael E. Winget, Sr., managing
member, signed the petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
had between $1 million and $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.  Wesley J. Boyer, Esq., at Boyer Terry, LLC, serves as
the Debtor's counsel.


CENTURIA FOODS: Seeks to Hire Lvovich & Szucsko as Special Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Centuria Foods, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Nevada to employ Lvovich & Szucsko, P.C. as its
special litigation counsel.

The Debtor requires legal assistance to get a restraining order
against Trace Adams, a principal of HF Solutions LLC and HTC Inc.,
who allegedly made physical threats to Slavik Nenaydokh, the
Debtor's designated responsible person, as a result of a contract
dispute.  HF Solutions and HTC are counterparties to a remediation
agreement with the Debtor.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Partners           $450 per hour
     Of Counsel         $395 - $450 per hour
     Associates         $415 per hour
     Paraprofessionals  $55 - $275 per hour

As disclosed in court filings, Lvovich & Szucsko and its attorneys
are "disinterested persons" pursuant to Sections 327(a) and 101(14)
of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Matthew C. Zirzow, Esq.
     Lvovich & Szucsko, P.C.
     50 Osgood Place Suite 500
     San Francisco, CA 94133
     Phone: 415-392-2560
     Fax: 415-391-4060

                   About Centuria Foods Inc.

Centuria Foods -- https://centuriafoods.com -- manufactures and
sells a full-spectrum of CBD oil products.

Centuria Foods filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Nev. Case No.
21-50046) on Jan. 20, 2021.  The petition was signed by Slavik
Nenaydokh, officer, director and designated responsible person.  At
the time of the filing, the Debtor had between $1 million and $10
million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Bruce T. Beesley presides over the case.  

Larson & Zirzow, LLC and Hutchison & Steffen serve as the Debtor's
bankruptcy counsel and special counsel, respectively.


CENTURY ALUMINUM: S&P Rates New $250MM Senior Secured Notes 'B'
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '2'
recovery rating to Chicago-based aluminum producer Century Aluminum
Co.'s proposed $250 million senior secured notes due 2028. The '2'
recovery rating indicates its expectation for substantial (70%-90%;
rounded estimate: 70%) recovery in the event of a payment default.
In addition, the company intends to issue a $75 million unsecured
convertible note (unrated) due 2026. The company plans to use the
proceeds from these issuances to repay the existing Senior Secured
Notes due 2025, repay the outstanding revolver balance, for general
corporate purposes, including funding Mt. Holly restart project.

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '2' recovery rating
to Century's proposed $250 million senior secured notes due 2025.
The issue-level rating is one notch above our issuer credit rating
on the company. The '2' recovery rating indicates its expectation
for substantial (70%-90%; rounded estimate: 70%) recovery in the
event of a payment default.

-- S&P assesses Century's recovery prospects on the basis of a
gross reorganization value of approximately $380 million, which
reflects about $70 million of emergence EBITDA and a 5.5x
multiple.

-- The $70 million of emergence EBITDA incorporates our standard
assumptions for minimum capital expenditure (at 2% of sales) and
its standard 15% cyclicality adjustment for issuers in the metals
and mining downstream sector.

-- The 5.5x multiple is in line with the multiples S&P uses for
other companies in the metals and mining downstream sector.

-- S&P's recovery analysis assumes that in a hypothetical
bankruptcy scenario, 60% of Century's asset-based lending (ABL)
facilities would be drawn (subject to borrowing base constraints).

-- As such, S&P assumes about $70 million of borrowings will be
outstanding under Century's unrated $175 million U.S. ABL facility
and $30 million under its unrated Iceland ABL facility (net of
outstanding letters of credit [LOCs] and including about $8 million
of LOCs that back Century's industrial revenue bonds, which we
assume would be drawn).

-- Notably, S&P's recovery analysis also adjusts for the inclusion
of the company's tax-adjusted pension deficit (three-year average),
which--at more than 10% of its total debt claims at default--it
deems material. This reduces its estimate of Century's gross
enterprise value by approximately $64 million.

Simulated default assumptions

-- S&P said, "In our view, a default scenario would most likely
involve a prolonged period of depressed primary aluminum prices,
similar to the environment in 2015, coupled with increased energy
and raw material costs. As its revenue steadily decreases amid
these conditions, the company would have to fund its operating
losses and debt service with available cash and ABL facility
borrowings. Eventually, the company's liquidity and capital
resources would become strained to the point that it would have to
seek bankruptcy protection, which we assume would occur sometime in
2023."

-- Year of default: 2023

-- Emergence EBITDA: $70 million

-- EBITDA multiple: 5.5x

-- Gross recovery value: $380 million

Simplified waterfall

-- Net recovery value for waterfall after administrative expenses
(5%) and pension deficits ($64 million): $295 million

-- Obligor/nonobligor valuation split: 60%/40%

-- Priority claims: ABL facility--about $70 million; foreign debt
adjustments: Iceland revolving credit facility--about $30 million

-- Remaining recovery value: $195 million

-- Senior secured notes claims: $260 million

    --Recovery expectations: 70%-90% (rounded estimate: 70%)

Note: All estimated claim amounts include approximately six months
of accrued but unpaid interest.


CHESAPEAKE ENERGY: New Suit Must Concentrate on Post-Ch. 11 Rights
------------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that a Texas bankruptcy judge told Chesapeake Energy
that he's ready to allow a contract dispute with another oil and
gas driller to proceed in Pennsylvania court, but only as long as
the parties focus on post-bankruptcy issues.

At a virtual hearing U.S. Bankruptcy Judge David Jones told
Chesapeake and Epsilon Energy USA that he believes their dispute
over a Epsilon's right to drill in a Pennsylvania oil and gas field
should be heard in that state, but that the parties will have to
limit themselves to the question of what their current contract
rights are.

                   About Chesapeake Energy Corp.

Headquartered in Oklahoma City, Chesapeake Energy Corporation's
(NASDAQ: CHK) operations are focused on discovering and responsibly
developing its large and geographically diverse resource base of
unconventional oil and natural gas assets onshore in the United
States.

Chesapeake Energy and its affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. S.D. Tex. Lead Case No. 20-33233) on June 28, 2020, after
reaching terms of a Chapter 11 plan of reorganization to eliminate
approximately $7 billion of debt.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP as legal counsel, Jackson
Walker LLP as co-counsel and conflicts counsel, Alvarez & Marsal as
restructuring advisor, Rothschild & Co and Intrepid Financial
Partners as financial advisors, and Reevemark as communications
advisor. Epiq Global is the claims agent, maintaining the page
http://www.chk.com/restructuring-information         

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz serves as legal counsel to
Chesapeake Energy's Board of Directors.

MUFG Union Bank, N.A., the DIP facility agent and exit facilities
agent, has tapped Sidley Austin LLP as legal counsel, RPA Advisors
LLC as financial advisor, and Houlihan Lokey Capital Inc. as
investment banker.

Davis Polk & Wardell LLP and Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. serve as legal
counsel to an ad hoc group of first lien last out term loan lenders
while Perella Weinberg Partners and Tudor, Pickering, Holt & Co.
serve as the group's investment bankers.

Franklin Advisers, Inc., has tapped Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld
LLP as legal counsel, FTI Consulting, Inc. as financial advisor,
and Moelis & Company LLC as investment banker.

On July 9, 2020, the Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a
committee to represent unsecured creditors in Debtors' Chapter 11
cases. The unsecured creditors' committee has tapped Brown Rudnick,
LLP and Norton Rose Fulbright US, LLP as its legal counsel, and
AlixPartners, LLP as its financial advisor.

On July 24, 2020, the bankruptcy watchdog appointed a committee of
royalty owners.  The royalty owners' committee is represented by
Forshey & Prostok, LLP.


CHRISTOPHER & BANKS: Seeks Ch. 7 Due to Failure to Pay Admin. Fees
------------------------------------------------------------------
Daniel Gill of Bloomberg Law reports that Christopher & Banks Corp.
is seeking to convert its bankruptcy case to a Chapter 7
liquidation after selling off store inventory and all other
assets.

The women's clothing retailer, which had filed Chapter 11, no
longer can pay its administrative expenses, it told the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey Wednesday, April 7,
2021.  The company "made every effort" to maximize the bankruptcy
estate's value, and had been hopeful it could confirm a Chapter 11
liquidation plan, it said.

               About Christopher & Banks Corporation

Christopher & Banks Corporation (OTC: CBKC) is a Minneapolis-based
specialty retailer featuring exclusively designed privately branded
women's apparel and accessories.  As of Jan. 13, 2021, the company
operates stores in 44 states consisting of 315 MPW stores, 76
outlet stores, 31 Christopher & Banks stores, and 28 stores in its
women's plus size clothing division CJ Banks.  It also operates the
www.ChristopherandBanks.com eCommerce website.

Christopher & Banks and two affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
(Bankr. D.N.J. Lead Case No. 21-10269) on Jan. 13, 2021.  As of
Dec. 14, 2020, Christopher & Banks had $166,396,185 in assets and
$105,639,182 in liabilities.

Judge Andrew B. Altenburg Jr. oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Cole Schotz P.C. as their legal counsel, BRG,
LLC as financial advisor, and B. Riley Securities Inc. as
investment banker.  Omni Management Solutions is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 3 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.  The
committee tapped Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones LLP and Kelley Drye
& Warren LLP as its legal counsel, and FTI Consulting, Inc., as its
financial advisor.


CMC MATERIALS: S&P Upgrades ICR to 'BB+', Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised its issuer credit rating on CMC Materials
Inc. (formerly Cabot Microelectronics Corp.) to 'BB+' from 'BB'.
The outlook is stable.

S&P said, "At the same time, we raised our 'BB+' issue-level
ratings to 'BBB-' on the company's senior secured credit facility
(consisting of a $200 million revolver and secured term loan of
which approximately $933 million is outstanding as of Dec. 31,
2020). The recovery rating remains '2'.

"We believe CMC's earnings and credit measurers will continue to
improve in fiscal 2021, supported by a recovering global economy
and favorable technology trends. CMC's electronic materials segment
showed resiliency and remained strong through 2020, benefitting
from secular technology trends such as the adoption of 5G and the
shift to work from home. At the same time, the company's
performance materials business did see an impact from
COVID-19-related shutdowns affecting the drag-reducing additives
(DRA) business as it is tied to oil. Overall, however, the company
was able to maintain strong credit measures above our previous
expectations. S&P Global now projects 6.5% U.S. GDP growth in 2021,
which will further support 2021 improvement for CMC. We expect that
the company will continue to see improvement from its electronic
materials segment driven by demand for its CMP Slurries and CMP
Pads as demand for memory improves and the logic and foundry
segments continue to strengthen. As the technology and industry
becomes more advanced and sophisticated, the need for CMC products
increases which should lead to continued improvement in the
electronic materials segment.

"We expect the performance materials busines to show a slight
rebound in 2021 and expect the contribution from the wood treatment
segment beyond early 2022. The company's DRA business, which is
operated from a plant in Waller, Texas, continues to lag as the
result of the pandemic and COVID-19-related shutdowns as it has
direct ties to the oil industry. In addition, we expect the company
to have some negative impact from the February 2021 Texas cold
weather, but given global recovery expectations, we expect the
business to see a recovery in 2021. In addition, the company's wood
treatment business will further support growth in the performance
materials business in 2021. However, the company has publicly
stated its plans to exit this business beyond 2021 due to its plant
location and environmental issues.

"We continue to believe the company is well-positioned to benefit
from key technology transitions. CMC should see a benefit from the
increase in the number of layers in 3D NAND (a type of flash
memory) and the move to 10-nanometer production or below in
advanced logic devices. Additionally, the trend for working from
home and 5G adoption will further benefit CMC. The company's
performance materials business will benefit from an increase in
aging pipelines, causing an increase in valve-lubricant use and
DRAs to improve flow and throughput. With regard to the electronic
chemicals segment, the combined CMC business has long-standing
relationships with large customers like Samsung Electronics Co.
Ltd., Intel Corp., and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. Ltd.
(TSMC) and because of the technical wherewithal required for these
chemical applications, there are significant barriers to entry.
While we view the company's meaningful customer concentration as a
risk factor, its long-standing relationships and these barriers to
entry help offset some of the risk.

"We expect CMC to maintain prudent financial policies, and we
forecast weighted average FFO to debt of 30%-45%. In contrast to
our previous expectations of FFO to debt of below 30%, we now
believe that CMC's credit measures will remain between 30%-45%,
with weighted average debt to EBITDA below 3x, stronger than our
previous expectation. The company capital structure consists of a
term loan B (approximately $933 million outstanding as of Dec. 31,
2020) due in 2025 and a $200 million revolver due 2023.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that CMC's credit
metrics, including FFO to total debt, will remain appropriate for
the rating, comfortably between 30%-5% over the next 12 months. We
believe the company will continue to generate strong free cash
flow. Our base-case assumptions include GDP growth of 6.5% in the
U.S., 4.2% in the eurozone, and about 7.3% in the Asia-Pacific
region over the next year.

"We could take a negative rating action in the next 12 months if
weaker-than-expected end-market demand caused FFO to debt to fall
near 30% for consecutive quarters. This could occur if the
semiconductor industry environment were to experience prolonged
softness, the company faced increased competition or large lost
volumes in its DRA business, or the loss of one or more key
customers led to EBITDA margins falling by 500 basis points (bps).
In addition, we could take a negative rating action if the company
pursues any large debt-funded shareholder rewards or acquisitions.

"Although unlikely, we could take a positive rating action on CMC
over the next 12 months if we believe it can operate consistently
and comfortably with FFO to debt above 45%, while maintaining
strong liquidity. Further we would need to see sustained business
improvement, even after factoring in the upcoming wood business
exit, with the financial improvement supporting that. Other factors
that could lead to improved credit measures include better than
expected performance in the company's electronic chemicals and DRA
businesses."



CMG CAPITAL: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
-----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 on April 6 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of CMG Capital, LLC.
  
                         About CMG Capital

CMG Capital, LLC filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No.
21-12013) on Feb. 27, 2021.  Steven Suh, member, signed the
petition.  In the petition, the Debtor disclosed $1 million to $10
million in both assets and liabilities.  Judge Jay A. Cristol
oversees the case.  Nathan G. Mancuso, Esq., at Mancuso Law, PA,
serves as the Debtor's counsel.


CNX RESOURCES: S&P Alters Outlook to Positive, Affirms 'B+' ICR
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its rating outlook on U.S.-based
exploration and production (E&P) company CNX Resources Corp. to
positive from stable. S&P affirmed its 'B+' issuer credit rating.

The positive outlook reflects the likelihood of an upgrade if S&P
expects FFO to debt to remain well above 30% on a sustained basis.

S&P said, "We expect credit measures to improve, with FFO to debt
just above 30% in 2021 and 2022, and debt to EBITDA about 2.5x. We
expect production to increase about 10% in 2021 (CNX curtailed
production in response to low demand and weak prices in 2020) and
remain stable in 2022. We forecast the company will generate free
cash flow of $350 million-$400 million annually under our price
assumptions and our expectation of much lower capital spending
(about $450 million-$400 million annually). We note CNX has 90% of
its expected gas production in 2021 and 70% of its 2022 volumes
hedged at favorable prices, which provides strong protection to
cash flows. Risks to our forecasts include higher spending or a
more shareholder-oriented financial policy.

"We believe CNX has one of the best cost positions among
Appalachian peers. While its size and scale somewhat lag behind the
largest peers in the basin, CNX posts cash operating costs
(excluding general and administrative) of about 70-75 cents per
thousand cubic feet equivalent (mcfe), while peers typically have
cash operating costs well over $1/mcfe. We believe the downstream
integration with fully owned subsidiary CNX Midstream Partners L.P.
is the main reason. Stronger margins should support free cash flow,
and we expect the company to generate meaningfully higher free cash
flow on a per-unit basis than peers."

CNX has a solid debt maturity profile after executing several
capital market transactions and using proceeds from a tax refund
and free operating cash flow to reduce debt in 2020. The company's
revolving credit facility, with $1.775 billion in commitments and
borrowing base, matures in 2024. About $161 million was drawn at
year-end 2020. The next large debt maturities are not due until
2026 when $745 million of senior notes at CNX and CNXM mature.

S&P said, "The positive outlook reflects the likelihood of an
upgrade if we expect FFO to debt to improve to well above 30% on a
sustained basis. We anticipate this ratio will be just above 30% in
2021 and 2022, and to strengthen further in 2023.

"We could lower the issuer credit rating if we forecast CNX's
leverage will weaken over the next two years, such that projected
FFO to debt approaches 20% and debt to EBITDA remains well above 3x
on a sustained basis." This would most likely happen if gas price
realizations deteriorate, or if capital spending rises without a
commensurate increase in production.

An upgrade would require stronger leverage measures, including
projected FFO well above 30% and debt to EBITDA well below 3x on a
sustained basis. The company could achieve these credit measures if
it meets its natural gas production targets while containing costs
and improving gas price realizations.


COLLECTED GROUP: Unsecureds Out of Money in Prepack Plan
--------------------------------------------------------
The Collected Group, LLC, et al., submitted a Plan and a Disclosure
Statement.

The Debtors elected to pursue a prepackaged restructuring in the
weeks leading up to the solicitation period because the Debtors
believe a prepackaged plan will maximize value by minimizing the
costs of restructuring, and the impact on, the Debtors' businesses.
Among other things, the Debtors intend to seek relief from the
Bankruptcy Court which will allow them to forgo filing schedules of
assets and liabilities or statements of financial affairs, which
will provide them with significant cost savings. Thus, the Debtors
believe that the Plan represents the most efficient route to
effectuate their restructuring and will place the Debtors, their
trade partners, and other stakeholders in an optimal position going
forward.

The Debtors currently owe approximately $145.8 million in
outstanding principal amount under the Prepetition Secured Credit
Facility Agreement and approximately $39.5 million in outstanding
unpaid principal amount under the Prepetition Unsecured Loan
Agreement.  The Debtors expect that Wells Fargo will draw upon the
KKR-GB Backstop Letter of Credit prior to the commencement of the
Debtors' Chapter 11 Cases, recovering 100% on account of the
Prepetition Unsecured Loans and triggering the Backstop
Obligations, thereby increasing the total outstanding principal
amount of the Prepetition Secured Credit Facility Claims to
approximately $185.6 million.  Accordingly, the Debtors expect
that, as of the commencement of their Chapter 11 Cases, the
Prepetition Secured Credit Facility Claims will include the
following outstanding principal amounts:

     (a) approximately $54,540,607 of First Priority Secured
Claims, including

           (i) $4,612,648 of Bridge Term Loans,
          (ii) $5,427,959 of Eighth Amendment Term Loans,
         (iii) $3,000,000 of Twelfth Amendment Term Loans,
          (iv) $2,000,000 of Thirteenth Amendment Term Loans, and
           (v) $39,500,000 of Backstop Obligations;

     (b) $104,513,066 of Second Priority Secured Claims, including


           (i) $85,087,574 of Initial Term A Loans and
          (ii) $19,425,492 of Delayed Draw Term Loans; and

     (c) $26,496,854 of Third Priority Secured Claims (the Initial
Term B Subordinated Loans).

The Plan provides for the treatment of Claims against and Interests
in the Debtors through, among other things: (1) the issuance of New
Common Equity and the New Preferred Equity; and (2) conversion of
certain Claims into loans under the Exit Facility.  

The Plan specifically provides:

   * On the Effective Date, (i) any outstanding DIP Payments shall
be paid in full in Cash and (ii) the remaining DIP Facility Claims
shall be converted into Exit Facility Loans;

   * Holders of Allowed First Priority Secured Claims shall receive
their Pro Rata share of: (i) $14,500,000 of Exit Facility Loans;
(ii) 100% of the New Preferred Equity; and (iii) 95% of the New
Common Equity, subject to dilution by the MIP Equity;

   * Holders of Allowed Second Priority Secured Claims shall
receive their Pro Rata share of 5% of the New Common Equity,
subject to dilution by the MIP Equity;

   * Third Priority Secured Claims shall be canceled, released, and
discharged and shall be of no further force and effect, whether
surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and each holder of a
Third Priority Secured Claim shall not be entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan on account of such Claim;

   * General Unsecured Claims shall be canceled, released, and
discharged and shall be of no further force and effect, whether
surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and each holder of a
General Unsecured Claim shall not be entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan on account of such Claim;

   * Existing Equity Interests shall be canceled, released, and
extinguished and shall be of no further force or effect, whether
surrendered for cancellation or otherwise, and each holder of an
Existing Equity Interest shall not be entitled to receive any
distribution under the Plan on account of such Interest;

   * Intercompany Claims and Intercompany Interests may be
Reinstated as of the Effective Date or, at the Debtors' or the
Reorganized Debtors' option, be canceled, and no distribution shall
be made under the Plan on account of such Claims; and

   * Holders of Allowed Administrative Claims, Allowed Priority Tax
Claims, Allowed Other Secured Claims, Allowed Other Priority
Claims, and Allowed Professional Claims shall be (1) paid in full
in Cash, (2) Reinstated, or (3) otherwise rendered Unimpaired, as
applicable.

On the Effective Date, the Debtors will effectuate the
Restructuring Transactions by, among other things: (1) entering
into the Exit Facility; (2) issuing the New Common Equity and the
New Preferred Equity to the holders of First Priority Secured
Claims and Second Priority Security Claims, as applicable, in
accordance with Article III of the Plan; and (3) entering into all
related documents to which the Reorganized Debtors are contemplated
to be a party on the Effective Date. All such documents shall
become effective in accordance with their terms and the Plan.

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at

   
https://portal-redirect.epiq11.com/TCA/document/GetDocument.aspx?DocumentId=3880058

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Brian S. Hermann
     John T. Weber
     Brian Bolin
     PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP
     1285 Avenue of the Americas
     New York, New York 10019
     Telephone: (212) 373-3000
     Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

     Pauline K. Morgan
     Andrew L. Magaziner
     Joseph M. Mulvihill
     YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP
     Rodney Square
     1000 North King Street
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801
     Telephone: (302) 571-6600
     Facsimile: (302) 571-1253

                   About Collected Group LLC

Collected Group LLC is a designer, distributor, and retailer of
three contemporary, consumer-inspired, apparel lifestyle brands:
Joie, Equipment, and Current/Elliott.  It was founded in 2001. The
Collected Group, LLC is TCG, the ultimate parent company, wholly
owns Debtors RBR, LLC and The Collected Group Company, LLC.  RBR
wholly owns non-debtor The Collected Group Holdings Manager, LLC,
which, in turn, wholly owns non-debtor The Collected Group
Holdings, LLC.

The Company and 4 affiliates filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-10663) on April 5, 2021.  In the
petitions signed by CRO Evan Hengel, the Debtors estimated assets
of between $50 million and $100 million and liabilities of between
$100 million and $500 million.  The Honorable Judge Laurie Selber
Silverstein is the case judge.  

The Debtors tapped PAUL, WEISS, RIFKIND, WHARTON & GARRISON LLP and
YOUNG CONAWAY STARGATT & TAYLOR, LLP, as attorneys.  STIFEL,
NICOLAUS & CO. and affiliate MILLER BUCKFIRE & CO. serve as the
Debtor's investment banker, and BERKELEY RESEARCH GROUP, LLC, is
the financial advisor.  EPIQ CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING LLC is the
claims agent.


CROWN SUBSEA: S&P Affirms 'B' Issuer Credit Rating, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings affirmed its 'B' issuer credit rating on Crown
Subsea Communications Holding Inc. (SubCom).

At the same time, S&P assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to the proposed $730 million term loan and $100
million revolving line of credit. S&P's '3' recovery rating
indicates its expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded
estimate: 50%) recovery of principal in the event of a payment
default.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects the company's significant
market share and expected demand for deep sea cables driven by
increased internet adoption in new regions, online media
consumption, and data center proliferation. We also forecast stable
margins this year, resulting in S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt to
EBITDA of about 4x at year-end 2021."

On April 5, 2021, SubCom, a long-haul subsea fiber optic cable
services provider, announced its plan to pay a $924 million
dividend to its financial sponsor, Cerberus Capital Management,
partly funded by a proposed $730 million term loan and cash on its
balance sheet.

S&P said, "We forecast revenue and earnings will benefit from the
growing demand for data and connectivity over the next few years,
despite some recent contract-in-force delays.  Performance has
improved since revenue dipped in mid-2020 due to large cable
project delays. We expect revenue will continue to rebound as the
company executes on its robust backlog and adds new projects as
customers continue capital spending in the subsea fiber optic cable
market. SubCom generates most of its revenue from fixed-price
contracts, which entail above-average risk--in our view--and could
lead to future earnings volatility. Through its fixed-price
contracts, SubCom is exposed if unanticipated additional project
costs arise. However, in our base case forecast, we assume
higher-margin cable work through the next year should keep EBITDA
margins stable in the mid- to high-teens percent area.

"We forecast that credit metrics will weaken in 2021 from 2020
levels due to the proposed dividend recapitalization transaction.
However, we expect free operating cash flow (FOCF) will remain
positive. Pro forma for the transaction, we expect debt to EBITDA
will increase to about 4x at year-end 2021. As the company
satisfies backlogged work, we assume a cash outflow of working
capital, resulting in FOCF to debt of about 3%. Following company
investments in recent years, we expect maintenance capital
expenditures (capex) to remain relatively low moving forward, which
should benefit FOCF over time."

SubCom benefits from its position as a vertically integrated
provider, with both manufacturing capabilities and a fleet of
vessels.  S&P said, "As such, we assume SubCom will maintain its
global market share of about 40%. In this market, the company has a
track record and good market share on the transatlantic cable route
and a good presence in the transpacific, Americas, and Europe-Asia
markets. However, in our view, SubCom has limited scale and
diversity compared with its larger peers in the broader engineering
and construction (E&C) industry due to the relatively small size of
its niche market, which exposes the company to revenue and earnings
volatility should unexpected swings arise in end-market demand. In
addition, we believe the company has a high customer concentration
because of the capital intensity of the projects in its target
market. However, we note that the company's top customers can
change from year to year as it completes new system work (about 80%
of total revenue) and begins new projects."

The stable outlook reflects continued demand for subsea cables,
with revenue that should benefit from the company's recent backlog
bookings. Pro forma for the transaction, S&P expects debt to EBITDA
of about 4x and FOCF to debt of about 3% in 2021.

S&P said, "We could lower our ratings on SubCom if adjusted debt to
EBITDA increases above 6x or if we expect the FOCF-to-debt ratio to
fall below 3% on a sustained basis. This could occur if the company
encounters unforeseen execution issues on a large project,
decreasing EBITDA margins materially beyond our expectations.

"We could raise our ratings on SubCom if the company demonstrates a
track record of debt to EBITDA below 4x, with FOCF to debt above
10%, on a sustained basis, and if we believe that the company and
its financial sponsor are committed to maintaining financial
policies that will support this level of credit metrics."



CTI BIOPHARMA: Signs $56M Underwriting Deal With Stifel, JMP
------------------------------------------------------------
CTI BioPharma Corp. entered into an underwriting agreement with
Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and JMP Securities LLC, as
representatives of the underwriters, relating to the offer and sale
of 14,260,800 shares of the Company's common stock, par value
$0.001 per share, at a public offering price of $2.50 per share,
and 600 shares of the Company's Series X1 convertible preferred
stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a public offering price of
$25,000 per share.  In addition, the Company granted the
Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional
2,139,120 shares of its Common Stock on the same terms and
conditions.  On April 5, 2021, the Underwriters exercised the
Option in full.

The aggregate gross proceeds to the Company from the Offering and
the Option are approximately $56.0 million, before deducting
underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses.  The
securities were issued pursuant to the Company's effective shelf
registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-251161), filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Dec. 7, 2020 and
declared effective on Dec. 15, 2020.  On March 31, 2021, the
Company filed a prospectus supplement with the SEC in connection
with the Offering. The Offering and the Option closed on April 6,
2021.

In the Underwriting Agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute
payments that the Underwriters may be required to make because of
such liabilities.

                 Amendments to Articles of Incorporation

On April 5, 2021, the Company filed the Certificate of Designation
of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series X1 Convertible
Preferred Stock with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware, in connection with an Offering.  The Certificate of
Designation provides for the issuance of shares of the Company's
Series X1 Preferred Stock.

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding
up, holders of Series X1 Preferred Stock will participate pari
passu with any distribution of proceeds to holders of the Company's
Common Stock.  Holders of Series X1 Preferred Stock are entitled to
receive dividends on shares of Series X1 Preferred Stock equal (on
an as-converted to Common Stock basis, without regard to the
Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined in the Certificate of
Designation)) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on
shares of Common Stock, plus an additional amount equal to any
dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, before any payments
shall be made or any assets distributed to holders of any class of
Junior Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Designation).

Shares of Series X1 Preferred Stock generally have no voting
rights, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Certificate
of Designation or as otherwise required by law.  However, as long
as any shares of Series X1 Preferred Stock are outstanding, the
Company shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the then outstanding shares of Series X1 Preferred
Stock, (i) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or
rights given to the Series X1 Preferred Stock or alter or amend
this Certificate of Designation, amend or repeal any provision of,
or add any provision to, the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws
of the Company, or file any articles of amendment, certificate of
designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of any
series of preferred stock, if such action would adversely alter or
change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or
restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series X1 Preferred
Stock, regardless of whether any of the foregoing actions shall be
by means of amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or by
merger, consolidation or otherwise, (ii) issue further shares of
Series X1 Preferred Stock or increase or decrease (other than by
conversion) the number of authorized shares of Series X1 Preferred
Stock, or (iii) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the
foregoing.

Each share of Series X1 Preferred Stock is convertible into shares
of Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder thereof,
into the number of shares of Common Stock determined with reference
to the Conversion Ratio (as defined in the Certificate of
Designation), subject to certain limitations, including that a
holder of Series X1 Preferred Stock is prohibited from converting
shares of Series X1 Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock if,
as a result of such conversion, such holder, together with its
affiliates, would own more than 9.99% of the total number of shares
of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after giving
effect to such conversion.

                         About CTI BioPharma

Headquartered in Seattle, Washington, CTI BioPharma Corp. is a
biopharmaceutical company focused on the acquisition, development
and commercialization of novel targeted therapies for blood-related
cancers that offer a unique benefit to patients and their
healthcare providers.  The Company concentrates its efforts on
treatments that target blood-related cancers where there is an
unmet medical need.  In particular, the Company is focused on
evaluating pacritinib, its sole product candidate currently in
active development, for the treatment of adult patients with
myelofibrosis.  In addition, the Company has recently started
developing pacritinib for use in hospitalized patients with severe
COVID-19, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

CTI Biopharma reported a net loss of $52.45 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $40.02 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$58.24 million in total assets, $18.21 million in total
liabilities, and $40.03 million in total stockholders' equity.

Seattle, Washington-based Ernst & Young LLP, the Company's auditor
since 2018, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated March 17, 2021, citing that the Company has suffered losses
from operations and has stated that substantial doubt exists about
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.


CYTODYN INC: Mahboob Rahman No Longer Serves as CSO
---------------------------------------------------
CytoDyn Inc. disclosed in a Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission that the last day of employment of Mahboob U.
Rahman, M.D., Ph.D, the company's chief scientific officer, was
April 5, 2021.

                           About CytoDyn Inc.

Headquartered in Vancouver, Washington, CytoDyn Inc. --
http://www.cytodyn.com-- is a late-stage biotechnology company
focused on the clinical development and potential commercialization
of leronlimab (PRO 140), a CCR5 antagonist to treat HIV infection,
with the potential for multiple therapeutic indications.

CytoDyn reported a net loss of $124.40 million for the year ended
May 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $56.19 million for the year
ended May 31, 2019.  As of Nov. 30, 2020, the Company had $143.76
million in total assets, $150.29 million in total liabilities, and
a total stockholders' deficit of $6.53 million.

Warren Averett, LLC, in Birmingham, Alabama, the Company's auditor
since 2007, issued a "going concern" qualification in its report
dated Aug. 14, 2020, citing that the Company incurred a net loss
for the year ended May 31, 2020 and has an accumulated deficit of
approximately $354,711,000 through May 31, 2020, which raises
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.


DEGROFF RX: Court Confirms Second Amended Plan
----------------------------------------------
Judge James J. Tancredi has entered an order confirming the Second
Amended Plan of DeGroff RX, LLC.

The Effective Date of the Second Amended Plan is April 16, 2021.

All requests for payments of administrative expenses shall be filed
within 60 days of the date of this Order.

The Debtor shall notify the Pharmacy Benefit Managers within 7 days
of the entry of the Plan Confirmation Order and the Second Amended
Plan and that such Pharmacy Benefit Managers have not been treated
as claimants under the Second Amended Plan.

The Debtor shall file a Final Report with an Application for Final
Decree no later than June 1, 2021, unless the time is extended by
the Court.

                         About DeGroff RX

DeGroff RX, LLC, a long-term care pharmacy in New Britain, Conn.,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr.
D. Conn. Case No. 20-21162) on Sept. 28, 2020.  Todd DeGroff,
member, signed the petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
had total assets of $443,999 and liabilities of $6,483,521.  Judge
James J. Tancredi oversees the case.  Zeides, Needle & Cooper, P.C.
is the Debtor's legal counsel.


DGWB VENTURES: Claims to Be Paid in Full in Liquidating Plan
------------------------------------------------------------
DGWB Ventures, LLC, submitted a Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization
and a Disclosure Statement.

The Plan contemplates the liquidation of the Debtor's financial
affairs and the repayment of all creditors' Allowed Claims in full.


In sum, the Plan has the following structure:

   * The Plan is a liquidating plan and provides for the sale of
substantially all of the Debtor's assets and payment for all
Allowed Claims against the Debtor to be paid in full, including all
Allowed Secured Claims, Allowed Priority Claims, and Allowed
Unsecured Claims.

   * The source of payments to Creditors under the Plan include
monetization of equity in the Debtor's Real Property and Personal
Property by way of a Sale thereof.

General unsecured claims are projected to total $62,221.   The
class will be paid in full.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Michael B. Reynolds
     Andrew B. Still
     SNELL & WILMER L.L.P.
     600 Anton Blvd, Suite 1400
     Costa Mesa, California 92626-7689
     Telephone: 714.427.7000
     Facsimile: 714.427.7799
     E-mail: mreynolds@swlaw.com
             astill@swlaw.com

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/3cYPfLg from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About DGWB Ventures

DGWB Ventures, LLC is a Single Asset Real Estate debtor (as defined
in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)). The Company is the owner of a fee
simple title to a property located at 217 N Main St Santa Ana,
California, with an appraised value of $7.3 million.

DGWB Ventures filed its voluntary petition for relief under Chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 21-10017) on
Jan. 6, 2021.  Jon Ernest Gothold, manager, signed the petition.
At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed total assets of
$8,227,212 and total liabilities of $4,865,714.  Judge Theodor C.
Albert oversees the case.  Snell & Wilmer LLP serves as the
Debtor's counsel.


DK PROPERTIES: May 27 Hearing on Disclosure Statement
-----------------------------------------------------
Judge James R. Sacca has entered an order that the hearing on
approval of the Disclosure Statement of DK Properties LLP will be
on May 27, 2021, at 10:30 a.m. in Courtroom 103 of the United
States Courthouse, 121 Spring Street SE, Gainesville, Georgia 30501


Objections to the Disclosure Statement shall be filed and served by
no later than 4:00 p.m. on May 13, 2021.

Pursuant to the Plan, Debtor will be dissolved and all existing
interests in Debtor (including all issued and outstanding
membership interests) will be extinguished and canceled.

Class 3 General Unsecured totaling $16,000 will recover 100% of
their claims. Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim
will receive payment of its claim in full on the Effective Date of
the Plan, without interest. Class 3 is an Impaired Class and
Holders of a Class 3 Claim are entitled to vote on the Plan.

The proceeds from the sale of the Real Property will be held in
escrow by counsel for Debtor or another attorney licensed to
practice law and reasonably acceptable to the Class 1 Creditors and
disbursed by such counsel in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
Each Holder of an Allowed Class 6 Unsecured Claim will be paid in
full no more than 90 days from the Effective Date.  Each Claim
shall accrue interest from the Effective Date on the unpaid balance
of the Claim at the federal judgment interest rate in effect on the
Effective Date.

Attorneys for the Debtor:

     Charles N. Kelley, Jr.
     Kelley & Clements LLP
     P.O. Box 2758
     Gainesville, Georgia 30503-2758
     Tel: (770) 531-0007
     E-mail: ckelley@kelleyclements.com

A copy of the Order is available at https://bit.ly/2Otw7LV from
PacerMonitor.com.

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/3utboHl from PacerMonitor.com.

                      About DK Properties

DK Properties LLP, a Winder, Georgia-based company primarily
engaged in renting and leasing real estate properties, sought
protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.
Ga.
Case No. 21-20009) on Jan. 4, 2021.  H. David Smith, the managing
partner, signed the petition.  
At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed $1 million to $10
million in both assets and liabilities.  Kelley & Clements LLP
serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


DOUBLE EAGLE III: S&P Places 'B-' ICR on CreditWatch Positive
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings placed all of its ratings on Double Eagle III
Midco 1 LLC, including the 'B-' issuer credit rating and 'B'
issue-level rating, on CreditWatch with positive implications,
reflecting the likelihood of an upgrade following the close of the
acquisition, which S&P expects to take place in the second quarter
of 2021.

U.S.-based oil and gas exploration and production company Pioneer
Natural Resources Co. has announced the acquisition of Double Eagle
in a transaction valued at $6.4 billion, including the assumption
of about $0.9 billion of Double Eagle's debt and liabilities.

The CreditWatch placement reflects the likelihood that S&P Global
Ratings will upgrade Double Eagle after the close of its
acquisition by higher-rated Pioneer Natural Resources
(BBB/Stable/--), because S&P will likely view Double Eagle as a
core subsidiary of Pioneer. The transaction has been approved by
the board of directors of each company and is subject to customary
closing conditions and regulatory approvals.

S&P expects to resolve the CreditWatch after the acquisition closes
in the second quarter of 2021.

The CreditWatch positive placement reflects the likelihood that S&P
will raise its ratings on Double Eagle when the deal closes,
assuming the transaction is completed as proposed and there are no
material changes to its current operating assumptions.



ENCOREFX INC: Court Converts Case to CCAA Proceedings
-----------------------------------------------------
On March 30, 2020, EncoreFX Inc. filed an assignment in bankruptcy
pursuant to Section 49(1) of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act of
Canada (the "BIA"). EY was appointed as the Licensed Insolvency
Trustee, subject to affirmation of same at the First Meeting of
Creditors.

On March 30, 2021, the Supreme Court of British Columbia granted a
request by EncoreFX's trustee to convert the bankruptcy proceeding
of the EncoreFX Inc. to proceedings under the Companies Creditors
Arrangement Act (Canada) as amended.  The conversion order inter
alia:

   (a) appointed Ernst & Young Inc. as Monitor in the CCAA
Proceedings of the Company;

   (b) provided the Company with an initial 10-day stay of
proceedings which
may be extended by the Court from time-to-time; and

   (c) pronounced that all previous orders of the Court with
respect to the bankruptcy proceedings apply and are continued under
the CCAA proceedings.

A copy of the Conversion Order and other documents relating to the
insolvency proceedings of the Company can be found available on the
Monitor's website at https://www.ey.com/ca/EncoreFX

The Monitor intends to apply to the Court for authorization to:

   (a) file Plan of Compromise and Arrangement with the Court under
which creditors
will receive a partial payment of their claim in full satisfaction
of their claim;

   (b) administer a "Claims Process" to determine the claims of
Creditors and
establish a claims bar date by which creditors must file a "Proof
of Claim" in the CCAA
proceedings; and

   (c) establish a procedure for the Monitor to call, hold and
conduct a meeting of creditors to consider and vote on the Plan.

Beginning in March 2020, global FX markets began to observe
atypical levels of volatility mainly driven by the impact that
COVID-19 was having on the global economy.  In particular, the US
Dollar (USD) strengthened in a significant way against some of the
world's most traded currencies, including against the Canadian,
Australian and New Zealand dollars in which the majority of the
EncoreFX Derivatives were booked.

Due to this extreme market volatility, a number of EncoreFX's
clients (and its subsidiaries' clients) were out-the-money ("OTM")
on their transactions; and as a consequence, EncoreFX was left OTM
with its Liquidity Providers.

Due to this extreme market volatility, a number of EncoreFX's
clients -- and its subsidiaries' clients -- were OTM on their
transactions; and as a consequence, EncoreFX was left OTM with its
Liquidity Providers.

Under the terms of its International Swaps and Derivatives
Association Inc Agreements ("ISDA"), EncoreFX was required to pay
significant additional margin to its Liquidity Providers to cover
the value of OTM contracts.

Many of EncoreFX's clients had exceeded the OTM thresholds outlined
in their Credit Facility Agreements and were subject to margin
calls (the "OTM Clients").  The Trustee was advised that EncoreFX
attempted to work with many of the OTM Clients to address margin
calls owing however many clients’ businesses had been negatively
impacted by COVID-19 and they were unable to honour the terms of
their Credit Facility Agreements.

In the days leading up to the bankruptcy, the Trustee was advised
that EncoreFX management determined that even if all OTM amounts
owing could be collected from clients over time, there was no
short-term liquidity available to the Company to meet its
obligations and EncoreFX made the decision suspend all trading
activity as at Sunday, March 29, 2020 (prior to the opening of
trading on Monday, March 30, 2020).

The Trustee notes that it was first approached by the Company with
respect to the financial distress of the Company on March 26th,
2020; and thereafter, in the days that followed entertained several
discussions to consider various restructuring options available to
EncoreFX both formally and informally.  The decision to suspend
trading (with respect to new transactions) and to file the
assignment into bankruptcy was made on eve of March 29th (as noted
above, the day before markets resumed trading the following
Monday).

The Australian and New Zealand subsidiaries were also placed into
Voluntary Administration (formal insolvency proceedings in those
countries).  Ernst & Young Inc. is acting as the Administrator in
insolvency proceedings of the Australia and New Zealand entities.

Ernst & Young can be reached at:

   Ernst & Young Inc.
   700 West Georgia Street
   Vancouver, BC V7Y 1C7
   Tel: +1 604-891-8200
   Fax: +1 604-890-3530

   Jason Eckford
   Monitor's Representative
   Tel: 604-648-3671
   Email: jason.eckford@parthenon.eye.com

   Mike Bell (Canada)
   Tel: 604-899-3566
   Email: mike.bell@partheon.ey.com

   Peter Venetsanos (Canada)
   Tel: 604-648-3665
   Email: peter.venetsanos@parthenon.ey.com

   Marko Gordic (Canada)
   Tel: 604-891-8280
   Email: marko.gordic@parthenon.ey.com

   Kevin Brennan (Canada)
   Tel: 604-899-3551
   Email: kevin.b.brennan@partheon.ey.com

   Adam Nikitins (Australia)
   Email: adam.nikitins@au.ey.com

   Stewart McCallum (Australia)
   Email: stewart.mccallum@au.ey.com

   Ress Logan (New Zealand)
   Email: Rees.Logan@nz.ey.com

Conflict counsel to E&Y:

   Bridgehouse Law LLP
   9th Floor, 900 West Hastings Street
   Vancouver, BC V6C 1E5

   Benjamin La Borie
   Tel: 236-521-6150
   Fax: 604-684-0916
   Email: blaborie@bridgehouselaw.ca

Counsel to the Company:

   MLT Aikins LLP
   Suite 2600, 1066 West Hastings Street
   Vancouver, BC V6E 3X1

   William E. J. SKelly
   Tel: 604-608-4597
   Fax: 604-682-7131
   Email: wskelly@mltaikins.com

   Dana M. Nowak
   Tel: 780-969-3506
   Fax: 780-969-3549
   Email: dnowak@mltaikins.com

   Mandi Deren-Dube
   Tel: 780-969-3518
   Fax: 780-969-3549
   Email: MDerendube@mltaikins.com

   Arooj Shah
   Tel: 780-969-5068
   Fax: 780-969-3549
   Email: ashah@mltaikins.com

   Vanessa A. Mensink
   Tel: 604-604-4582
   Fax: 604-682-7131
   Email: vmensink@mltaikins.com

EncoreFX Inc. -- https://www.globalreachgroup.ca/corporate -- is a
company that specializes in financial services.


ENERGY VENTURES: Moody's Hikes CFR to 'B3' & Rates New Notes 'Caa1'
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service upgraded Energy Ventures GoM LLC's
(EnVen) Corporate Family Rating to B3 from Caa1 and Probability of
Default Rating to B3-PD from Caa1-PD. Moody's assigned a Caa1
rating to EnVen's proposed $302 million senior secured second lien
notes due 2026. Proceeds from the new notes will be used to
refinance the company's existing senior secured second lien notes
due 2023. The Caa2 rating of the existing notes due 2023 remains
unchanged and will be withdrawn upon redemption. The outlook was
changed to stable from negative.

"The upgrade of EnVen's ratings reflects the improved liquidity and
financial position from the extended debt maturity profile and
higher oil price expectations for 2021 that supports positive free
cash flow," said Jonathan Teitel, a Moody's analyst.

Upgrades:

Issuer: Energy Ventures GoM LLC

Probability of Default Rating, Upgraded to B3-PD from Caa1-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Upgraded to B3 from Caa1

Assignments:

Issuer: Energy Ventures GoM LLC

Senior Secured Notes, Assigned Caa1 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Energy Ventures GoM LLC

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

The upgrade of EnVen's CFR to B3 reflects the company's improving
financial position, supported by higher cash flow generation and
reduced level of capital investment required to maintain stable
production levels in 2021-22. The company's revenue benefits from
oil-weighted production, as well as production handling fees for
third-party volumes that it processes and transports. EnVen further
benefits from its established, scalable infrastructure of
deep-water platforms and processing facilities in the US Gulf of
Mexico, as well as proximity to the Gulf Coast and export markets
and low basis differentials (sometimes premiums).

The CFR is presently constrained by the company's small scale and
concentrated asset base in the deep-water US Gulf of Mexico, as
well as its relatively modest proved developed reserves position.
Operations in the US Gulf of Mexico carry specific regulations and
are exposed to periodic weather-related disruptions but also have
high barriers to entry. All of EnVen's operations take place in
waters leased from the federal government. There are risks and
uncertainties about renewing or obtaining new leases or new permits
in federal waters. However, potential mitigating factors include
existing leases and current activities in these waters. EnVen also
manages large well abandonment liabilities, partially offset by
restricted cash and notes receivables related to acquired assets
held for such obligations. Much of these liabilities are long-term
with limited immediate impact on EnVen's cash flow generation.

Moody's expects that EnVen will maintain good liquidity into early
2022 supported by a large cash balance, positive free cash flow
generation and revolver availability. As of December 31, 2020, the
company had $56 million of unrestricted cash. As part of the
refinancing transaction, EnVen is extending its revolver's
expiration by two years to January 2024. Effective with the
transaction, EnVen's undrawn revolver will have a $165 million
borrowing base ($4 million in letters of credit are outstanding).
Financial covenants include a maximum leverage ratio of 3x, a
maximum secured leverage ratio of 2.5x and a minimum current ratio
of 1x. Moody's expects EnVen will maintain cushion to these
covenants into early 2022. Terms of the new bonds require that the
company redeem $15 million in principal at par every six months.

EnVen's proposed $302 million of senior secured second lien notes
due 2026 are rated Caa1. This is one notch below the CFR and
reflects a second lien claim on the assets secured by the revolver
which has a first lien claim. EnVen Energy Corporation, the parent
company, is a guarantor.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that EnVen will
maintain stable production levels and generate positive free cash
flow over the next 12-18 months, while maintaining good liquidity.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade include growing both
production and reserves, while maintaining consistent positive free
cash flow generation and good liquidity, as well as lower leverage
and a leveraged full cycle ratio above 1.25x.

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include retained cash flow
to debt below 20%, EBITDA/interest below 3x, debt-to-proved
developed reserves above $12 or deterioration of liquidity.

EnVen, headquartered in Houston, Texas, is a privately-owned
exploration and production company that is oil focused and operates
primarily in the deep-water US Gulf of Mexico. The company's
shareholders include affiliates of Bain Capital, Adage Capital and
EIG.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Independent
Exploration and Production Industry published in May 2017.


EXACTUS INC: Shareholders Approve Reverse Stock Split
-----------------------------------------------------
A majority of Exactus, Inc. shareholders approved a reverse split
of the Company's common stock by written consent.  The consenting
shareholders approved a reverse split of the Company's common
stock, par value $0.001 per share, at by a ratio of not less than
one-for-twenty five and not more than one-for-one hundred to take
effect at any time prior to Dec. 31, 2021, with the exact ratio to
be set at a whole number within this range as determined by the
Company's board of directors in its sole discretion.  The effective
date of the reverse split, if undertaken in the discretion of the
board of directors, will be as determined by the board in
coordination with FINRA.

                             About Exactus

Exactus Inc. (OTCQB:EXDI) -- http://www.exactusinc.com-- is a
producer and supplier of hemp-derived ingredients and feminized
hemp genetics.  Exactus is committed to creating a positive impact
on society and the environment promoting sustainable agricultural
practices.  Exactus specializes in hemp-derived ingredients
(CBD/CBG/CBC/CBN) and feminized seeds that meet the highest
standards of quality and traceability.  Through research and
development, the Company continues to stay ahead of market trends
and regulations. Exactus is at the forefront of product development
for the beverage, food, pets, cosmetics, wellness, and
pharmaceutical industries.

Exactus reported a net loss of $10.22 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2019, compared to a net loss of $4.34 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2018.  As of Sept. 30, 2020, the Company had $3.11
million in total assets, $5 million in total liabilities, and a
total stockholders' deficit of $1.89 million.

RBSM LLP, in Henderson, NV, the Company's auditor since 2014,
issued a "going concern" qualification in its report dated May 22,
2020, citing that the Company has recurring losses from operations,
limited cash flow, and an accumulated deficit.  These conditions
raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as
a going concern.


FIREEYE INC: Incurs $207.3 Million Net Loss in 2020
---------------------------------------------------
FireEye, Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission its
Annual Report on Form 10-K disclosing a net loss of $207.30 million
on $940.58 million of total revenue for the year ended Dec. 31,
2020, compared to a net loss of $257.41 million on $889.15 million
of total revenue for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.

As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had $3.24 billion in total assets,
$2.11 billion in total liabilities, $401.05 million in series A
convertible preferred stock, and $732.90 million in total
stockholders' equity.

As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company's cash and cash equivalents of
$676.5 million were held for working capital, capital expenditures,
investment in technology, debt servicing and business acquisition
purposes, of which approximately $100.7 million was held outside of
the United States.  The Company considers the undistributed
earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as of Dec. 31, 2020 to be
indefinitely reinvested outside the United States on the basis of
estimates that future domestic cash generation will be sufficient
to meet future domestic cash needs and its plan for reinvestment of
its foreign subsidiaries' undistributed earnings.

A full-text copy of the Form 10-K is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/ix?doc=/Archives/edgar/data/1370880/000137088021000010/feye-20201231.htm

                         About FireEye, Inc.

Headquartered in Milpitas, California, FireEye -- www.fireeye.com
--provides a broad portfolio of cybersecurity solutions and
services that allow organizations to prepare for, prevent, respond
to, investigate and remediate cyber attacks.  Its products include
detection and prevention solutions for network, email, endpoint and
cloud security, forensics appliances, a security validation
platform, subscription-based threat intelligence and analytics
solutions, and our Helix security platform.  These products are
complemented by its technology-enabled managed detection and
response services and its Mandiant incident response and strategic
cyber security consulting services.

FireEye reported a net loss of $243.12 million in 2018 following a
net loss of $285.18 million in 2017.


FIREEYE INC: John Watters Appointed as President, COO
-----------------------------------------------------
John Watters has been appointed president and chief operating
officer of FireEye, Inc., after holding multiple senior leadership
and advisory positions at the company, most recently as chairman of
the FireEye advisory board.  In this role, Watters will bring his
operational experience and knowledge of the company to further
accelerate its transition to Security as a Service and a Solutions
company.

Watters founded iSIGHT Partners and served as its chairman and CEO
from November 2006 to February 2016, leading the company to a
successful acquisition by FireEye.  Following the acquisition,
Watters held various senior leadership roles within FireEye,
initially as president of the FireEye iSIGHT intelligence business
and then as executive vice president of Global Services and
Intelligence.  He held that position until February 2018, when he
was appointed executive vice president and chief strategy officer.
Watters stepped down from that role in April 2020 but remained
engaged with the company as a senior consultant and then chairman
of the company's Advisory Board.

"He combines the speed and agility of a founder with great
operational experience and deep security knowledge," said FireEye
CEO Kevin Mandia.  "He's already familiar with the company and has
the knowledge and the passion to accelerate our evolution of our
Mandiant solutions business."

Prior to iSIGHT Partners, Watters was chairman and chief executive
officer of iDEFENSE, a security intelligence firm acquired by
VeriSign in 2005.  In addition, Watters is the founder, a director
and president of the STAIRS Program, a non-profit organization
supporting inner-city education.  He holds a B.S.C degree in
Finance from Santa Clara University.

"We have the opportunity to change the game in security, and I'm
here to make sure we execute against the challenges ahead," said
Watters.  "Kevin and I are aligned on our mission and vision, and
I'm excited to join the team to help execute on the strategy."

In connection with Mr. Watters' appointments, the Company entered
into an offer letter with Mr. Watters on April 1, 2021.  Pursuant
to the Offer Letter, Mr. Watters will serve as the Company's
president and chief operating officer, reporting to the Company's
chief executive officer.  The Offer Letter does not provide for
employment for a specified term and Mr. Watters' employment will be
on an at-will basis.  The Offer Letter provides Mr. Watters with an
annual base salary of $600,000 and an opportunity to earn an annual
cash incentive bonus, initially with a target of $600,000, under
the Company's Employee Incentive Plan or any successor plan.  Mr.
Watters will also be eligible to participate in the Company's
employee benefit plans made available to similarly situated
employees of the Company.

                         About FireEye, Inc.

Headquartered in Milpitas, California, FireEye -- www.fireeye.com
--provides a broad portfolio of cybersecurity solutions and
services that allow organizations to prepare for, prevent, respond
to, investigate and remediate cyber attacks.  Its products include
detection and prevention solutions for network, email, endpoint and
cloud security, forensics appliances, a security validation
platform, subscription-based threat intelligence and analytics
solutions, and our Helix security platform.  These products are
complemented by its technology-enabled managed detection and
response services and its Mandiant incident response and strategic
cyber security consulting services.

FireEye reported a net loss of $243.12 million in 2018 following a
net loss of $285.18 million in 2017.


FMT SJ LLC: Gets Two Court Wins, Hotel Case Moves Forward
---------------------------------------------------------
George Avalos of Mercury News reports that the Fairmont San Jose's
owners, FMT SJ LLC have won two key court victories in their quest
to revamp the iconic hotel's shattered finances, U.S. Bankruptcy
Court records show.

A federal bankruptcy judge issued two decisions this second week of
April 2021 in the Chapter 11 case for the landmark Fairmont hotel
in downtown San Jose. The bankruptcy court ruled that the hotel's
owners may:

  * Scout for hotel operators that will provide a new brand and
potential up to $45 million in a cash infusion to help stabilize
the hotel.

  * Break the existing hotel management contract with Accor
Management U.S., which has managed Fairmont San Jose for several
years.

"We are very pleased with the progress we are making at the San
Jose hotel," the hotel's owners stated in comments emailed to this
news organization by hotel public relations representative Sam
Singer. "We are excited to move forward in selecting a new partner
and brand for the hotel."

The Fairmont San Jose closed its doors abruptly on March 5, 2021,
the same day that the hotel's owners filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy
petition to reorganize its finances.

The owners hope to reopen the 805-room hotel by the end of June.
The hotel's size makes it a key player in San Jose's ability to
attract conventions and considerable activity to the city and its
downtown.

The current owner, an entity controlled by San Ramon-based business
executive Sam Hirbod, bought the hotel in 2018 for $223.5 million.
The current mortgage on the hotel totals roughly $173.5 million, a
loan controlled by Colony Credit Real Estate. Colony Credit at
present is not pressuring the hotel owners to make current payments
on the mortgage, bankruptcy records show, a financial procedure
known as forbearance.

The Fairmont lost at least $18 million in 2020 and is projected to
lose at least $20 million in 2021, the hotel's owners have stated
in court papers.

The hotel owners blame the financial devastation on the onset of
the coronavirus, which began to batter the lodging and hospitality
sector nationwide starting in March 2020.

But it also appears that the Fairmont San Jose might have been on
shaky ground even before the coronavirus erupted, according to a
March 30, 2021 declaration in the bankruptcy case that was filed by
hotel principal owner Hirbod. The declaration pointed to a lack of
profits from the hotel operations.

"Since becoming the hotel's owner, no distributions of profits have
ever occurred," Hirbod stated.

Despite the hopeful signs arising from the court rulings, the
hotel's bankruptcy owners still face plenty of pressure to
accomplish tasks during the coming weeks and months, court papers
show.

"The debtors ... presently lack the financial resources to operate
the hotel on a cash-flow positive basis and/or immediately repay
the sums owed" to the property's mortgage holder, an affiliate of
Colony Capital, Hirbod stated in his court filing.

A restructuring agreement with the lender has provided some
breathing room. But the lender expects that the hotel must perform
an array of tasks as a result of the deal. The owners must re-brand
the hotel, raise new capital, restructure the existing mortgage,
emerge from bankruptcy, resume operations at the hotel, and begin
to generate positive cash flow.

"The restructuring support agreement requires this to be
accomplished within approximately 120 days from March 9, 2021,"
Hirbod stated in his court filing.  That time frame would expire
around July 7. 2021.

If the hotel can start to steady itself by the summer, it could be
in position to participate in a revival of the lodging sector in
Silicon Valley as 2021 grinds on.

"The timing could not be better as California continues to progress
away from the pandemic and our property continues to fast-forward
toward a new opening," the hotel owners stated in the email
comments. "These developments greatly benefit San Jose and Silicon
Valley."

                         About FMT SJ LLC

FMT SJ LLC operates San Jose Fairmont, a hotel in San Jose,
California.

FMT SJ LLC sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Del. Case No.
21-10521) on March 5, 2021.  Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP is
the Debtor's counsel.  Cole Schotz P.C. is the Debtor's local
counsel.  Neil Demchick of Verity LLC is the Debtor's restructuring
officer.


FREEPORT-MCMORAN INC: S&P Hikes ICR to 'BB+' on Strong Cash Flows
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings raised the issuer credit rating on U.S.-based
miner Freeport-McMoRan Inc. (FCX) to 'BB+' from 'BB'. The outlook
is stable. S&P also raised the issue-level ratings on the debt
issued by FCX and Freeport Minerals Corp. (FMC) to 'BB+' from
'BB'.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that
Freeport's adjusted debt leverage should improve to 1x-1.5x and
funds from operations (FFO) to debt above 60%, on the steady
progress at the Grasberg underground mine as well as the favorable
market conditions for copper.

"We expect the Grasberg underground mine to drive cash flow
generation and improve profitability, despite the significant
noncontrolling interest distributions and capital spending.
Grasberg is on track to produce about 1.3 billion pounds of copper
in 2021, which will significantly reduce operating costs per pound.
S&P Global Ratings now assumes consolidated unit net production
costs of $1.25 to $1.30 per pound in 2021, down from $1.48 per
pound in 2020, which is about average compared to key peers,
including Codelco, Glencore PLC, and Southern Copper Corp. We
estimate consolidated operating cash flows will reach $5 billion to
$5.5 billion after the transition to underground mining is complete
in 2022, a significant improvement from about $3 billion in 2020.
We estimate that beginning in 2023, PT Freeport Indonesia (PT-FI)
will distribute $1.8 billion to $2.2 billion in noncontrolling
interests to the Indonesian government." FCX should retain $700
million to $1 billion of discretionary cash flow (DCF) after
accounting for capital expenditures and common dividend
distributions. Freeport could deploy this capital for growth
projects that could diversify its asset mix, return more capital to
shareholders, or repay additional debt.

Grasberg's profits are shared with the Indonesian government. FCX's
share of economic interest from Grasberg will decline to its
ownership share of 48.8%, and the Indonesia government's will
increase to 51.2% beginning in 2023 from the current share of 81%
and 19%, respectively.

Freeport asset mix is more concentrated than investment-grade
peers. Copper revenues accounted for more than 80% of Freeport's
metal revenues in 2020, whereas peers like Teck Resources and
Anglo-American generated a more balanced revenue stream from three
to five metals, including copper, zinc, diamond, platinum,
metallurgical coal, and iron ore. S&P said, "We anticipate copper
will continue to make up most of Freeport's metal revenue and
profits given the ramp up of copper production at the Grasberg
underground mine. We also think that the asset concentration in the
Indonesian operations pose some elevated financial and operating
risk for Freeport. Even though Freeport controls the Grasberg
operations, the majority shareholder, the Indonesian government,
grants the company an annual export license. A potential for
conflict in the working relationship with the government could
result in operational disruptions and financial costs. Moreover,
Indonesia is prone to natural disaster events, acts of war, and
labor disputes that could adversely affect operations. Therefore,
we continue to apply one-notch negative adjustment to our implied
bbb- anchor score." This reflects Freeport's high concertation
(more than 60% of consolidated profits) in the Indonesian
operations. Freeport expects to spend an average of $1.1 billion
per year in 2021 and 2022 to complete the transition and could
invest an additional $3 billion on smelter construction in
Indonesia.

Freeport has a good copper reserve profile with approximately 52
million tons of recoverable reserves, of which Indonesia accounts
for about a third of the reserves. This is equivalent to 25 to 28
years of remaining mine life assuming 4.0 billion to 4.5 billion
pounds of annual copper production after 2022. Freeport's reserve
profile is similar to Teck Resources, Codelco, Southern Copper, and
Glencore.

S&P said, "The stable outlook reflects our expectation that
Freeport will lower its adjusted debt leverage to 1x-1.5x and
improve FFO to debt above 60% in 2021. We believe the steady
progress of the Grasberg underground mine as well as the favorable
demand outlook for copper in the next few years should create a
sizable cash flow buffer and solid debt leverage at the 'BB+'
issuer credit rating. Freeport has reached more than 70% of
Grasberg's annual production run rate and continued to reduced site
and delivery costs in the fourth quarter of 2020."

S&P could lower the rating on Freeport in the next 12 months if:

-- Adjusted leverage increases above 4x due to unexpected delays
in the Grasberg development mine plan that lead to
lower-than-anticipated production volumes, higher costs, and weaker
margins such that adjusted EBITDA falls by about 50%.

-- Aggressive shareholder returns coupled with spending on
corporate development including acquisitions, smelter spending and
mine development that could leave no DCF remaining for debt
repayment.

-- More than two notches deterioration of the Indonesian foreign
currency (FC) rating (BBB/Negative/--) that could cap the rating on
Freeport at the FC rating of Indonesia, assuming the exposure
(volumes, EBITDA contribution) to Indonesia remains above 25%.

Taking into account Freeport's asset concentration in Indonesia and
narrow product focus, a higher rating is unlikely in the next 12
months absent more conservative financial policies. As such, S&P's
could consider an upgrade on Freeport by one notch if:

-- EBITDA and cash flows continue to improve such that adjusted
leverage declines under 1x and FFO to debt stays above 60% on
sustained basis.

Freeport must adhere to numerous environmental and safety
regulations in Indonesia, Peru, and North America. At the end of
2018, the Indonesian government reached an agreement with Freeport
to become a majority owner of PT-FI. Because of the significance of
the Grasberg mine for the country's economy and its impact on the
labor force, river systems, and forests, the Grasberg district has
been at the center of tensions among mine workers, law enforcement,
the military, community activists, and various political factions.
In certain cases, these tensions escalated into violence and
operations were temporarily halted. Successful operations in
Indonesia require an annual renewal of export license (recently
renewed until March 2022) and a good relationship with the
Indonesian government. The Indonesian government has banned the
exports of copper concentrate in the past, in 2017 and in 2014,
which resulted in disruptions of operations and higher operating
costs. In January 2021, the Indonesian government imposed a fine of
$149 million on PT-FI for failing to achieve physical development
progress on the new smelter. As part of the 2018 agreement,
Freeport is obligated to construct a smelter by 2023. Freeport
continues to evaluate the construction of the new smelter and is
also considering a potential construction by a third party.

Freeport's mining operations are subject to heightened
environmental regulations, including management of tailings and
overburden created in the process of separation of rock from ore.
S&P assesses Freeport's management and governance as fair, a
revision from satisfactory, based on the high exposure to
environmental and social risks, which requires a heightened degree
of risk management. Freeport reported approximately $4.1 billion in
asset retirement and environmental obligations as of Dec. 31, 2020.
In addition, Freeport affiliates have been named as defendants in
historical asbestos and talc litigation, and a charge of $130
million was recorded in 2020 associated with a framework for the
resolution of all current and future potential talc-related
litigation. In 2015, Freeport reached a $125 million settlement
related to its $20 billion acquisition of Plains Exploration &
Production Co. and McMoRan Exploration Co., which resolved all
derivative claims against directors and officers of FCX.



G-III APPAREL: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'BB' ICR
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook to stable from negative and
affirmed all its ratings on New York-based apparel seller G-III
Apparel Group Ltd., including its 'BB' issuer credit rating.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that despite a
continuing weak retail environment and uncertainty about consumers'
mobility and willingness to spend, G-III's adjusted leverage will
remain below 2x this year, well below its 3x downgrade trigger,
absent major shareholder returns or debt-funded acquisitions.

S&P said, "G-III's profitability and operating cash flow generation
outperformed our expectations in the second half of last year, and
we now expect leverage to be maintained below 2x. We expect the
company to return to revenue growth in fiscal 2022 (ending January
2022), as it laps the first half of 2020 when there were
unprecedented retail store closures related to the pandemic. The
company meaningfully improved its cost structure by rationalizing
its retail segment faster than previous expectations. This enabled
the company to maintain its adjusted EBITDA margin above 11% in
fiscal 2021 despite our expectation for some incremental
promotional pressure in its wholesale segment as inventory levels
normalizes for the industry.

The company's fiscal 2021 performance was significantly affected by
the retail shutdowns because of the pandemic, with revenue down
approximately 35% from fiscal 2020, compared with the industry
average of about 20% (according to Euromonitor); however, its gross
margin and free operating cash flow generation exceeded our
expectations. G-III took early actions in cutting out a significant
portion of inventory purchases during the onset of the pandemic to
preserve cash and was able to quickly pivot its fall and winter
assortments to the casual apparel categories to meet the rapidly
changing consumer demand. As a result, its 2020 holiday season was
significantly less promotional than previously expected. The
company generated approximately $50 million of free operating cash
flow, its adjusted EBITDA margin only contracted by 100 basis
points, and it ended the year with adjusted leverage of 1.6x. This
compares with our previous expectation of significantly negative
free operating cash flow generation and leverage above 5x, because
of the company's distribution channel concentration in the
secularly challenged U.S. department store and specialty retail
sectors, as well as its fashion oriented-product category with
sizable dress and office-wear offerings.

G-III has proven itself to be an effective merchandiser in
anticipating and meeting U.S. consumer demand. The company has a
history of healthy growth in the very challenged U.S. department
store (Macy's accounts for over 25% of the company's overall
revenue) and specialty retail distribution channels pre-pandemic.
S&P said, "We believe this is attributable to its ability to design
and make products that appeal to the fashion-conscious consumers.
Its licensing relationship with PVH Corp. for Calvin Klein and
Tommy Hilfiger continues to perform, and we believe the 2019
agreements to add the jeanswear licenses for both brands helped
with the company's performance in 2020 as denim demands were
healthier than previously expected with consumers pivoting to
causal wear but was hit by sweatpants fatigue as the pandemic
continued. In addition, the company's owned brands, DKNY and Donna
Karen, continue to gain distribution points because the revamped
brands are resonating well with customers. We believe the brands
are now profitable despite the challenges of the pandemic and
should create a platform for the company to expand internationally
and expand its own direct to consumer digital channels."

S&P said, "We expect leverage to be managed over 2x in the long
term as the company seeks to acquire more brands. At this time, due
to the continued uncertainty in the U.S. apparel industry, we
expect leverage will continue be low for this year as the company
manages its cash and liquidity positions conservatively. However,
longer term, we believe the company's ambition to own brands and
expand internationally is fueled by its demonstrated ability to
turn around the DKNY and Donna Karen brands. As the company
completed its retail footprint rationalization during the pandemic,
ahead of the original plan, it is now more flexible to take on
integrating another brand. As such, we believe leverage would
likely increase above 2x should the right target materialize.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that despite a
continuing weak retail environment and uncertainty regarding
consumers' mobility and willingness to spend, G-III's adjusted
leverage will remain below 2x this year, well below our 3x
downgrade trigger, absent major shareholder returns or debt-funded
acquisitions."

S&P could lower its ratings if G-III's adjusted leverage were above
3x, which could occur if:

-- The company undertook a large debt-funded acquisition. S&P
estimates that debt would increase by approximately $400 million
for a transformational acquisition depending on the incremental
EBITDA from the transaction.

-- The company's recovery from the pandemic in 2021 were slower
than we expected, with weak revenue and profit generation, likely
from a disruption in its key relationship with Macy's or key
licensing agreements.

While unlikely over the next 12 months, S&P could raise its ratings
if:

-- The company demonstrated a track record of maintaining leverage
below 2x, even after a debt-funded acquisition.

-- The company continued to perform well in the still-challenged
U.S. wholesale channels while diversifying into the digital channel
and expanding internationally.



G.A.F. SEELIG: Debtor Will Liquidate Its Assets to Pay Claims
-------------------------------------------------------------
G.A.F. Seelig, Inc., submitted a Second Amended Disclosure
Statement dated as of April 2, 2021.

The Plan is a plan of liquidation.  In other words, the Debtor
seeks to accomplish payments under the Plan from the liquidation of
its assets, which includes the proceeds obtained from the public
and online auction sale of its assets after the commencement of its
Chapter 11 Case, as well as collection of the Debtor's accounts
receivable.

The hearing at which the Court will determine whether to confirm
the Plan and, to consider approval of the Disclosure Statement,
will take place on May 12, 2021, at 2:00 p.m. (EST) and will be
conducted by video conference.  Ballots must be received by May 3,
2021, at 4:00 p.m. or it will not be counted.

The Debtor currently has approximately $3 million in cash,
consisting of the proceeds from the public and online auction of
the Debtor's Assets, funds collected through settlements with
various counterparties to supply contracts and collected accounts
receivable. All Assets of the Debtor have been liquidated and
converted into cash.

The Plan will treat claims and interests in this manner:

    * Class 1 General Unsecured Claims.  Holders of Allowed Class 1
Claims shall be paid a Pro Rata Interim Distribution on the later
of the 10th Business Day following the Rejection Damages Bar Date
or the first Business Day after the date upon which such General
Unsecured Claim becomes an Allowed General Unsecured Claim or as
soon thereafter as is practicable.  At the conclusion of the Plan
Administrator's activities and obligations under this Plan, the
Plan Administrator shall increase the General Unsecured Claims Pool
by any unused portion of the Plan Administrator Reserve,
Professional Fee Reserve, U.S. Trustee Fees Reserve and Disputed
Claim Reserve, plus any additional funds recovered by the Plan
Administrator, and shall make a Pro Rata Final Distribution to the
Holders of Allowed Class 1 Claims. Class 1 is impaired.

    * Class 2 Equity Interests.  On the Effective Date, all Equity
Interests will be deemed canceled. Class 2 is impaired.

The Plan will be funded by the General Unsecured Claims Pool, the
Cash remaining in the Estate resulting from the liquidation of
Debtor's Assets, including the public and online auction of its
equipment, vehicles, furniture and fixtures and collection of
accounts receivable, after all Administrative Claims, Professional
Fee Claims, U.S. Trustee Fees, and Priority Claims have been paid
in full and the Plan Administrator Reserve has been funded.

The Plan provides for the appointment of Alan D. Halperin of
Halperin Battaglia Benzija, LLP (bio  at:
http://www.halperinlaw.net/attorney/alan-d-halperin/)as an
independent Plan Administrator with full power and control over the
Debtor and its estate.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Sean C. Southard
     Fred Stevens
     Lauren C. Kiss
     KLESTADT WINTERS JURELLER
     SOUTHARD & STEVENS, LLP
     200 West 41st Street, 17th Floor
     New York, NY 10036
     Telephone: (212) 972-3000
     Facsimile: (212) 972-2245

A copy of the Second Amended Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/3fOjeHn from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About G.A.F. Seelig

Headquartered in Woodside, New York, G.A.F. Seelig, Inc., is a
family-owned company that distributes dairy products (skims, lo
fats, whole milk), creams, yogurts, juices, water, imported and
domestic cheeses, purees, raviolis and pastas, oils and vinegars,
chocolate and an ever expanding array of food service items.

G.A.F. Seelig, Inc., filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition (Bankr.
E.D.N.Y. Case Nos. 17-46968) on Dec. 30, 2017.  In the petition
signed by Rodney P. Seelig, president, the Debtor estimated assets
of $1 million to $10 million and liabilities of the same range.
The Debtors tapped Michael L Moskowitz, Esq., at Weltman &
Moskwitz, LLP, as bankruptcy counsel; and MYC & Associates, Inc.,
as auctioneer.


GAMESTOP CORP: S&P Places 'B-' ICR on Watch Pos. on Equity Sale
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings placed all of its ratings on U.S.-based video
game retailer GameStop Corp. on CreditWatch with positive
implications, including its 'B-' issuer credit rating.

S&P said, "The CreditWatch placement reflects our belief that the
offering should provide the company with an improved cushion to
execute its business reinvention strategy if successful.

"We view GameStop's secondary sale of its common stock as credit
positive. The CreditWatch positive listing reflects potential for a
higher rating if the secondary offering is completed. A successful
offering would provide additional funds for GameStop to invest in
its digital strategy to adapt its business model to evolving market
conditions away from physical video game buying. Still, the
company's strategy is emerging and our review will also take into
consideration the execution risks associated with its business
initiatives.

"We will continue to monitor the company's management changes and
business updates. GameStop has undergone significant management
changes over the last several months in its efforts to pivot toward
a business model that supports its digital gaming strategies. We
believe substantial risks remain to its strategy in light of the
rapid shift toward the digital purchasing of video game content,
which is at odds with its significant brick-and-mortar store
footprint. Still, the recently released next-generation gaming
consoles continue to support physical games and we view GameStop as
well-positioned to benefit from the demand for software and
accessories for these new consoles in the near-term. We believe
this dynamic, along with the proceeds from its share offering,
should provide it with additional time to adapt its business
model.

"GameStop's performance trends in the fourth quarter were weaker
than we expected because its sales expanded by only 6.5%, which
compares with our prior expectation for a double-digit percent
increase. However, the company's subsequent performance improved as
it reported an 11% increase in its sales through the nine-weeks
ended April 3, 2021. This is consistent with our expectation that
fiscal year 2021 should be materially better for its sales and cash
flows given the recent console launches.

"We intend to resolve the CreditWatch when the transaction closes
and we are able to review the terms of the share sale and
management's strategic and financial objectives. At that time, we
could raise our ratings on GameStop, including our issuer credit
rating, likely no more than one notch to 'B'. Our review will also
consider the risks and opportunities associated with the company's
business initiatives as it attempts to evolve its business model."



GATEWAY REST: Seeks to Hire Rountree Lietman as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Gateway Rest Group, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Georgia to hire Rountree Leitman
& Klein, LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services will include:

     1. advising the Debtor regarding its powers and duties in the
management of its property;

     2. preparing legal papers;

     3. assisting in the examination of claims of creditors;

     4. assisting in the formulation and preparation of a plan of
reorganization and in seeking confirmation of the plan;

     5. other legal services necessary to administer the Debtor's
bankruptcy case.

Rountree will be paid at these rates:

     William A. Rountree, Attorney       $495 per hour
     Hal Leitman, Attorney               $425 per hour
     David S. Klein, Attorney            $425 per hour
     Alexandra Dishun, Attorney          $425 per hour
     Benjamin R. Keck, Attorney          $425 per hour
     Alice Blanco, Attorney              $350 per hour
     Elizabeth A. Childers, Attorney     $350 per hour
     Taner Thurman, Attorney             $275 per hour
     Logan Kirkes, Law clerk             $195 per hour
     Sharon M. Wenger, Paralegal         $195 per hour
     Megan Winokur, Paralegal            $150 per hour
     Catherine Smith, Paralegal          $150 per hour
     Yasmi Alamin, Paralegal             $150 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.  The retainer fee is $15,000.

William Rountree, Esq., a partner at Rountree Leitman & Klein,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

          William A. Rountree, Esq.
          Benjamin R. Keck, Esq.
          Taner N. Thurman, Esq.
          Rountree Leitman & Klein, LLC
          2987 Clairmont Road, Suite 350
          Atlanta, GA 30329
          Telephone: (404) 584-1238
          Email: wrountree@rlklawfirm.com
                 bkeck@rlklawfirm.com
                 tthurman@rlklawfirm.com

                     About Gateway Rest Group

Gateway Rest Group, LLC is a Gainesville, Ga.-based company that
operates in the restaurant industry.

Gateway Rest Group sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 21-20317) on March 24,
2021.  In the petition signed by Chittranjan Thakkar, manager, the
Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities.

William A. Rountree, Esq., at Rountree Leitman & Klein, LLC, is the
Debtor's counsel.


GILBERT MH: U.S. Trustee Unable to Appoint Committee
----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 14 on April 6 disclosed in a court
filing that no official committee of unsecured creditors has been
appointed in the Chapter 11 case of Gilbert MH, LLC.
  
                         About Gilbert MH

Gilbert MH, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No.
21-01948) on March 19, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
had between $1 million and $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.  The Debtor is represented by Lawrence D. Hirsch,
Esq., at Parker Schwartz, PLLC.


GIRARDI & KEESE: Trustee Still Finding Potential Victims, Cases
---------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that as much as $25 million is missing from Girardi
Keese clients' settlements, and more cases and potential victims
are still being found three months after the plaintiffs firm closed
down, its bankruptcy trustee told a Los Angeles judge Tuesday,
April 6, 2021.

The firm and its founder, trial lawyer Thomas Girardi, also owe at
least tens of millions of dollars to lenders, attorneys and others.
Trustee Elissa Miller of SulmeyerKupetz PC said her team is far
short of recovering enough money to pay them all, and while she has
identified up to $25 million missing from settlement funds.

                       About Girardi & Keese

Girardi and Keese or Girardi & Keese was a Los Angeles-based law
firm founded in 1965 by lawyers Thomas Girardi and Robert Keese. It
served clients in California in a variety of legal areas.  It was
known for representing plaintiffs against major corporations.

An involuntary Chapter 7 petition (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No.
20-21022) was filed in December 2020 against GIRARDI KEESE by
alleged creditors Jill O'Callahan, Robert M. Keese, John Abassian,
Erika Saldana, Virginia Antonio, and Kimberly Archie.

The petitioners' attorneys:

         Andrew Goodman
         Goodman Law Offices, Apc
         Tel: 818-802-5044
         E-mail: agoodman@andyglaw.com

Elissa D. Miller, a member of the firm SulmeyerKupetz, has been
appointed as Chapter 7 trustee.

The Chapter 7 trustee can be reached at:

         Elissa D. Miller
         333 South Grand Ave., Suite 3400
         Los Angeles, California 90071-1406
         Telephone: 213.626.2311
         Facsimile: 213.629.4520
         E-mail: emiller@sulmeyerlaw.com


GLOBAL FOODS: Seeks to Hire Timothy A. Bunch as Accountant
----------------------------------------------------------
Global Foods Group, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of Arkansas to hire Timothy A. Bunch
CPA, P.A. as its accountant.

The Debtor requires an accountant to prepare its financial
statements and provide bookkeeping services.

The firm will charge the Debtor $150 per hour for its services.

As disclosed in court filings, Timothy A. Bunch does not represent
any interest adverse to the Debtor and its estate in the matters
upon which it is to be employed.

The firm can be reached through:

     Timothy A. Bunch, CPA
     Timothy A. Bunch CPA, PA
     6879 Isaacs Orchard Road
     Springdale, AR 72762
     Phone: (479) 361-2201
     Fax: (479) 361-2275

                      About Global Foods Group

Global Foods Group, Inc. is the fee simple owner of a property
located at 245 Quality Drive, Clinton, Ark., valued at $2.9
million.

Global Foods Group filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Ark. Case No.
21-10758) on March 20, 2021.  Robble Brown, president, signed the
petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed
$7,103,607 in total assets and $6,964,186 in total liabilities.  

Judge Ben T. Barry oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Wright, Lindsey & Jennings, LLP and Timothy A.
Bunch CPA, P.A. as its legal counsel and accountant, respectively.


GNIRBES INC: May 5 Hearing on Disclosure Statement
--------------------------------------------------
Judge Mindy A. Mora has entered an order that the hearing on the
Disclosure Statement of Gnirbes, Inc., will be on Wednesday, May 5,
2021, at 1:30 p.m. in United States Bankruptcy Court, 1515 North
Flagler Drive, Courtroom A, West Palm Beach, Florida 33401.  The
hearing will be conducted telephonically and all parties in
interest must arrange to appear solely telephonically via
CourtSolutions.

The deadline for filing and serving objections to the Disclosure
Statement will be on April 28, 2021.

                       About Gnirbes Inc.

Gnirbes Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 20-13992) on March 26, 2020.  At
the time of the filing, the Debtor was estimated to have assets of
less than $50,000 and liabilities of between $100,001 and $500,000.
Judge Mindy A. Mora oversees the Debtor's case.  The Debtor is
represented by Kelley, Fulton & Kaplan, P.L.


GRAPHIC PACKAGING: S&P Lowers Unsecured Notes Rating to 'BB'
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issue-level rating on Graphic
Packaging International LLC's senior unsecured notes to 'BB' from
'BB+' and revised the recovery rating on the notes to '5' from '4'.
The '5' recovery rating indicates our expectation for modest
(10%-30%; rounded estimate: 15%) recovery in the event of a
default. Our 'BB+' issuer credit rating, as well as our 'BBB-'
issue-level rating and '1' recovery rating on Graphic Packaging's
senior secured notes are unchanged. The '1' recovery rating
indicates our expectation for very high (90%-100%; rounded
estimate: 95%) recovery in the event of a payment default.

These rating actions follow the company's announcement that it
amended its existing senior credit facility. The amendment, among
other things, increased the revolving credit facility to $1.85
billion from $1.45 billion, increased the revolving euro facility
to EUR145 million from EUR138 million, decreased the revolving yen
facility to ¥1.65 billion from ¥2.5 billion, and extended the
maturities to April 1, 2026. Although no incremental debt was
issued in connection with the amendment, the weakened recovery
prospects are driven by our assumption that the upsized revolving
credit facility will be 85% drawn in a hypothetical default
scenario, resulting in greater secured debt outstanding at
default.

ISSUE RATINGS--RECOVERY ANALYSIS

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's simulated default scenario contemplates a default
occurring in 2026 following an abnormally weak macroeconomic
environment that reduces the company's end-market demand, which
leads to lower business volumes and rising raw material and energy
costs. Graphic's cash flow would become insufficient to cover its
interest expense, the required amortization on its term loans, its
working capital, and its maintenance capital outlays. S&P assumes
these conditions would impair the company's ability to meet its
fixed charges, which eventually drains its liquidity and triggers a
bankruptcy filing.

-- S&P believes Graphic Packaging's underlying business would
continue to have considerable value. Therefore, S&P expects that it
would emerge from bankruptcy rather than pursue a liquidation.

Simulated default assumptions

-- Simulated year of default: 2026
-- EBITDA multiple: 6x
-- EBITDA at emergence: $758 million
-- Jurisdiction: U.S.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $4.318
billion

-- Valuation split (obligors/nonobligors): 85%/15%

-- Priority claims: $560 million

-- Value available to secured debt (collateral/non-collateral):
$3.531 billion/$227 million

-- Secured debt claims: $3.481 billion

    --Recovery expectations: 90%-100% (rounded estimate: 95%)

-- Value available to unsecured debt (collateral/non-collateral):
$50 million/$227 million

-- Senior unsecured debt claims: $1.683 billion
  
    --Recovery expectations: 10%-30% (rounded estimate: 15%)

Note: Debt amounts include six months of accrued interest that we
assume will be owed at default. Collateral value includes asset
pledges from obligors (after priority claims) plus equity pledges
in nonobligors. S&P generally assumes usage of 85% for cash flow
revolvers at default.


GREENSILL CAPITAL: U.S. Trustee Appoints Creditors' Committee
-------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 2 on April 7 appointed an official
committee to represent unsecured creditors in the Chapter 11 case
of Greensill Capital, Inc.

The committee members are:

     1. Rachelle Bower
        330 West 56th Street
        New York, NY 10019
        E-mail: rbower1515@gmail.com

     2. Neil Hughes
        299 Henry Street, Apartment 2A
        Brooklyn, NY 11201
        Phone: 727-459-6352
        E-mail: neil.hughes@gmail.com

     3. Margaret Stock
        77 Park Avenue, Apartment 1515
        Hoboken, NJ 07030
        E-mail: margaretmstock@gmail.com
  
Official creditors' committees serve as fiduciaries to the general
population of creditors they represent.  They may investigate the
debtor's business and financial affairs. Committees have the right
to employ legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors at a
debtor's expense.

                      About Greensill Capital

Greensill Capital is an independent financial services firm and
principal investor group based in the United Kingdom and Australia.
It offers structures trade finance, working capital optimization,
specialty financing and contract monetization.  Greensill Capital
Pty is the parent company for the Greensill Group.

Greensill began to unravel in March 2021 when its main insurer
stopped providing credit insurance on US$4.1 billion of debt in
portfolios it had created for clients including Swiss bank Credit
Suisse.

Greensill Capital (UK) Limited and Greensill Capital Management
Company (UK) Limited filed for insolvency in Britain on March 8,
2021.  Matthew James Byrnes, Philip Campbell-Wilson and Michael
McCann of Grant Thornton were appointed as administrators.

Greensill Capital Pty Ltd. filed insolvency proceedings in
Australia.  Matt Byrnes, Phil Campbell-Wilson, and Michael McCann
of Grant Thornton Australia Ltd, as voluntary administrators in
Australia.

Greensill Capital Inc. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-10561) on March 25, 2021.  Jill M. Frizzley,
director, signed the petition.  In the petition, the Debtor listed
assets of between $10 million and $50 million and liabilities of
between $50 million and $100 million.  The case is handled by Judge
Michael E. Wiles.  Togut, Segal & Segal LLP, led by Kyle J. Ortiz,
is the Debtor's counsel.


GREENSKY HOLDINGS: S&P Lowers ICR to 'B' on Profitability Erosion
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on GreenSky
Holdings LLC to 'B' from 'B+'. The outlook is stable. At the same
time, S&P downgraded the company's senior secured debt to 'B' from
'B+'. The recovery rating on the senior secured debt is '4',
reflecting its expectation for average recovery (35%) in a default
scenario.

S&P said, "Our downgrade reflects GreenSky's lower profitability
and higher leverage stemming from its funding diversification
initiative in 2020. Our measure of adjusted debt to EBITDA was
9.60x at year-end 2020, and it includes the new asset-backed
warehouse facility in debt." Excluding the warehouse facility, debt
to EBITDA would be 4.99x, still elevated compared with 2.73x at
year-end 2019. EBITDA interest coverage also declined, to 3.02x at
year-end 2020 from 5.92x at year-end 2019.

Loans originated on the company's platform are funded with either
commitment from bank partners or its warehouse facility (which is
used to facilitate sales to third parties). Regardless of which
funding method GreenSky chooses, the company has cost of funds
associated with its strategy of facilitating the origination of
loans with promotional terms and rates. For loans funded with bank
partner commitments, the cost of funds is the finance charge
reversal (FCR) expense. For loans held for sale in the warehouse
facility, the cost of funds is the loss on sale and warehouse
facility interest expense (collectively, loan sales costs). Loan
sales costs are incurred upfront, while FCR expense could be
incurred over the life of the loan--a big reason why EBITDA margins
dropped to 19.2% in 2020 from 27.5% in 2019. GreenSky's
profitability will heavily depend on the company's ability to
manage cost of funds as it continues to shift more of its funding
from bank partners to the warehouse facility and loan sales.

S&P said, "Positively, we believe GreenSky's relationships with its
banks partners are more stable now than a year ago. As of year-end
2020, the company had $9.7 billion in funding commitments from its
bank partners, with $5.8 billion of renewals since June 2020.
However, these bank partner funding commitments remain
concentrated, with over 50% of commitments from just four banks.
The company's agreements with its bank partners remain short term
and nonexclusive.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that, while EBITDA
interest coverage could dip below 2x in 2021 due to elevated cost
of funds or consumer credit uncertainty related to the COVID-19
pandemic, it will ultimately be sustained over 2x starting 2022.

"We could lower the ratings if we believe EBITDA interest coverage
will be sustained below 2x past 2021. We could also lower the
ratings if the company loses bank partnerships and cannot secure
additional funding, or if it faces increased competition or adverse
changes in the consumer-lending environment that materially affect
its business model.

"An upgrade is unlikely over the next 12 months. Over the longer
term, we could raise the ratings if we believe the company will
sustain EBITDA interest coverage above 3x, leverage (including the
warehouse facility) is significantly reduced, and EBITDA margins
stabilize."



H&S EXPRESS: Unsecured Creditors Will be Paid in Full in Plan
-------------------------------------------------------------
H&S Express, Inc., submitted an Amended Small Business Plan and a
corresponding Disclosure Statement.

The Debtor intends to surrender equipment to help cash flow and
continue to operate profitable equipment.

All secured creditors are to be paid the principal of their claims.
Liens will be retained by secured creditors on equipment being
retained by the Debtor. All priority unsecured creditors and
unsecured creditors will be paid 100% pursuant to the proposed
payment schedule in the plan.

The general unsecured claims will be paid in full or pursuant to
original contract terms, including but not limited to, Payroll
Protection Program forgiveness options and objection to claims.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Corey J. Sacca, Esq.
     20 North Pennsylvania Ave, Suite 201
     Greensburg, PA 15601
     Tel: (724) 832-2499
     E-mail: csacca@bononilaw.com

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/3mr98NT from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About H&S Express

H&S Express, Inc., a Fairbank, Pa.-based freight shipping trucking
company, sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 20-22811) on Sept. 29, 2020. The petition
was signed by Kevin L. Hlatky, the company's president.  At the
time of the filing, the Debtor estimated assets of between $500,001
and $1 million and liabilities of the same range.  Bononi &
Company, P.C., is the Debtor's legal counsel.


HASTINGS AND HOLLOWELL: Case Summary & Unsecured Creditor
---------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Hastings and Hollowell, Inc.
        102 Caratoke Highway
        Moyock, NC 27958

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 8, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of North Carolina

Case No.: 21-00806

Judge: Hon. David M. Warren

Debtor's Counsel: Clayton W. Cheek, Esq.
                  THE LAW OFFICES OF OLIVER & CHEEK, PLLC
                  PO Box 1548
                  New Bern, NC 28563
                  Tel: 252-633-1930
                  Fax: 252-633-1950
                  E-mail: clayton@olivercheek.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Lennie L. Hughes, treasurer.

The Debtor listed Chesapeake City Treasurer as its sole unsecured
creditor holding an unknown amount of claim.

A copy of the petition is available for free at PacerMonitor.com
at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/DO5EXYA/Hastings_and_Hollowell_Inc__ncebke-21-00806__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


HERTZ CORP: Selects Centerbridge, Warburg & Dundon for Exit Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
The Hertz Corporation, et al., submitted a Second Amended Joint
Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization and a corresponding Disclosure
Statement on April 3, 2021, to disclose that the car rental service
has selected a group led by Certares Opportunities LLC and
Knighthead Capital Management, LLC as plan sponsors.

The Debtors received credible plan proposals from three different
potential sponsor groups: (1) the Ad Hoc Group of Unsecured
Noteholders, (2) a group led by Certares and Knighthead ("Initial
Plan Sponsors"), and (3) a group led by Centerbridge Partners,
L.P., Warburg Pincus LLC, and Dundon Capital Partners, LLC (the "PE
Sponsors").

The Debtors continued to negotiate with the competing sponsor
groups and to consult with certain of their constituencies.
Shortly after filing the First Amended Plan and First Amended
Disclosure Statement, the PE Sponsors and certain holders of
Unsecured Funded Debt Claims (the "Initial Consenting Noteholders,
and collectively with the PE Sponsors, the "Plan Sponsors") agreed
to make a firm commitment with respect to a proposal that improved
on the PE Sponsors' proposal described in the First Amended
Disclosure Statement.  On April 3, 2021, the Debtors concluded that
the Plan Sponsors offered the best-proposed transaction and filed
the Plan.

                            PE Sponsors

Centerbridge Partners, L.P., Warburg Pincus LLC, and Dundon Capital
Partners, LLC, bring unique operational expertise and investing
experience as strategic partners to the Debtors.  The PE Sponsors
have an extensive track record of successful investment execution
across sectors, geographies, and transaction types.

The PE Sponsors are joined in their sponsorship of the Plan by the
Initial Consenting Noteholders, who are party to, and identified
in, the Plan Support Agreement.  The Initial Consenting Noteholders
are all members of the Ad Hoc Group of Unsecured Noteholders that
formed in the Chapter 11 Cases and whose membership has been most
recently disclosed in the Seconded Amended Verified Statement of
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP and Young Conaway Stargatt and Taylor
LLP Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2019 [D.I. 3220].  

In the aggregate, the Initial Consenting Noteholders hold over 85%
of the Unsecured Funded Debt Claims.  Their willingness to both
accept Reorganized Hertz Parent Common Interests on account of
their Claims and to provide substantial additional Cash through the
New Money Investment to facilitate the Debtors' restructuring
demonstrate strong support for the Debtors’ restructuring and
will ensure that the Reorganized Debtors are well capitalized upon
emergence from these Chapter 11 Case

                $5.363 Billion Enterprise Value

The Plan implies a total enterprise value of approximately $5.363
billion. This is reflected through the issuance of new first-lien
debt and the sale of new preferred and common stock of Hertz Global
Holdings, Inc., the parent corporation of the Debtors ("Hertz
Parent"). The new preferred stock of Hertz Parent is referred to in
the Plan as the Preferred Stock and the new common stock of Hertz
Parent is referred to in the Plan as the Reorganized Hertz Parent
Common Interests.

Under the Plan, the existing equity of Hertz Parent, which is
currently trading over-the counter (OTC) under the symbol HTZGQ,
will be extinguished and canceled and will entitle Holders of such
interests to no rights whatsoever.

The Plan contemplates a recapitalization of the Debtors through a
combination of the issuance of new debt and equity capital.  Under
the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors will issue $4.223 billion of new
Reorganized Hertz Parent Common Interests, as follows (subject to
dilution from the Preferred Stock and equity reserved or granted
under the Management Equity Incentive Plan):

    (i) approximately 48.2% to the Holders of Unsecured Funded Debt
Claims, in exchange for such Claims;

   (ii) approximately 9.5% to be sold to Dundon for $400 million;

  (iii) approximately 2.0% to be sold to Centerbridge for $82.5
million;

   (iv) approximately 2.0% to be sold to Warburg Pincus for $82.5
million; and

    (v) the remaining approximately 38.4% of Reorganized Hertz
Parent Common Interests will be offered pursuant to the Rights
Offering to Holders of Unsecured Funded Debt Claims. As part of
their agreement to sponsor the Plan, the members of the Ad Hoc
Group of Unsecured Notes have agreed to exercise the subscription
rights provided pursuant to the plan to purchase Reorganized Hertz
Parent Common Interests. The members of the Ad Hoc Group of
Unsecured Notes have also agreed to purchase any Unsubscribed
Shares not purchased by the other Unsecured Funded Debt Holders.

The Plan also provides for the issuance of $385 million of
Preferred Stock that will be sold in equal amounts to each of
Centerbridge and Warburg Pincus.  The Preferred Stock is
convertible to Reorganized Hertz Parent Common Interests under the
circumstances and subject to the conditions described in the term
sheet.  The Preferred Stock will accrue dividends in the amount of
4% per annum for the first three years (unless converted earlier),
payable in the form of additional liquidation preference for the
Preferred Stock.

The Plan also provides for the Reorganized Debtors to obtain a $1.3
billion senior secured term loan to fund Plan distributions and a
$1.5 billion revolving credit facility to fund their working
capital needs.

The transactions set forth in the Plan will raise approximately
$3.873 billion in Cash
proceeds :

  * $565 million from the purchase of Reorganized Hertz Parent
Common Interests by the Plan Sponsors ;

  * $1,623 million from the purchase of stock pursuant to the
Rights Offering;

  * $385 million from the purchase of Preferred Stock by
Centerbridge and Warburg Pincus; and

  * $1,300 million in proceeds from the Exit Term Loan Facility.

The funds generated by these transactions will be used, in part, to
provide the following distributions to creditors:

  -- Payment in full of Administrative Claims, including all
amounts due in respect of the Debtors' DIP Financing, cure costs
arising from the assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired
Leases, Section 503(b)(9) Claims, and accrued and unpaid
professional fees;

  -- Payment in full of Claims arising from the Debtors'
prepetition first-lien facilities;

  -- Payment in full of Claims arising under the Debtors'
prepetition second lien notes;

  -- Payment in full of Other Secured Claims and Claims entitled to
priority under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code;

  -- Payment in full of Claims on account of the Debtors' guarantee
of the HHN Notes; and

  -- Cash distributions to Holders of General Unsecured Claims in
the estimated amount of 75% of the Allowed amount of such Claims.

The Holders of Unsecured Funded Debt Claims will receive, in
exchange for such Claims, 48.2% of the Reorganized Hertz Parent
Common Interests, representing an estimated recovery of 75% on
account of such Claims at the Plan value of such Interests, plus
Subscription Rights to purchase Reorganized Hertz Parent Common
Interests.

The Debtors will emerge from chapter 11 protection with
approximately $2 billion in global liquidity (inclusive of undrawn
capacity under the Exit Revolving Credit Facility) and only $1.3
billion in corporate debt (exclusive of ABS facilities and letters
of credit).  The Debtors believe that such liquidity is sufficient
to fund their operations after emergence and will provide them with
the financial strength and flexibility required to successfully
execute their business plan.

In addition to the transactions, the Plan provides for the
refinancing of the Company's U.S. ABS facilities and the
continuation of the Company's foreign ABS facilities.

Finally, the transactions contemplated by the Plan include the
payment in full of the notes issued by non-Debtor Affiliate HHN and
an injection of Cash prior to the Effective Date to meet the
liquidity needs of the Debtors' European business.  Specifically,
as part of their agreement to sponsor the Plan, certain of the Plan
Sponsors have agreed to provide an approximately $295 million (or
approximately EUR250 million if denominated in euros) interim
facility to fund the European businesses' immediate cash needs.
The Plan provides that such facility will be repaid upon the
Effective Date. The Debtors believe that, upon emergence, their
European business will be well-positioned for success.

Attorneys for the Debtors:

     Thomas E Lauria
     Matthew C. Brown
     WHITE & CASE LLP
     200 South Biscayne Boulevard, Suite 4900
     Miami, FL 33131
     Telephone: (305) 371-2700

     J. Christopher Shore
     David M. Turetsky
     Andrew T. Zatz
     Andrea Amulic
     1221 Avenue of the Americas
     New York, NY 10020
     Telephone: (212) 819-8200

     Jason N. Zakia
     111 South Wacker Drive
     Chicago, IL 60606
     Telephone: (312) 881-5400

     Roberto J. Kampfner
     Ronald K. Gorsich
     Aaron Colodny
     Andrew Mackintosh
     Doah Kim
     555 South Flower Street, Suite 2700
     Los Angeles, CA 90071
     Telephone: (213) 620-7700

     Mark D. Collins
     John H. Knight
     Brett M. Haywood
     Christopher M. De Lillo
     J. Zach Noble
     RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.
     One Rodney Square
     910 N. King Street
     Wilmington, Delaware 19801
     Telephone: (302) 651-7700

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/31SGVGn from Prime Clerk, the claims agent.

                   About The Hertz Corporation

Hertz Corp. and its subsidiaries -- http://www.hertz.com/--
operate a worldwide vehicle rental business under the Hertz,
Dollar, and Thrifty brands, with car rental locations in North
America, Europe, Latin America, Africa, Asia, Australia, the
Caribbean, the Middle East, and New Zealand.  They also operate a
vehicle leasing and fleet management solutions business.

On May 22, 2020, The Hertz Corporation and certain of its U.S. and
Canadian subsidiaries and affiliates filed voluntary petitions for
reorganization under Chapter 11 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Delaware (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 20-11218).

Judge Mary F. Walrath oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped White & Case LLP as their bankruptcy counsel,
Richards Layton & Finger, P.A. as local counsel, Moelis & Co. as
investment banker, and FTI Consulting as financial advisor.  The
Debtors also retained the services of Boston Consulting Group to
assist them in the development of their business plan.  Prime Clerk
LLC is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee of unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.
The committee tapped Kramer Levin Naftalis & Frankel LLP as its
bankruptcy counsel, Benesch Friedlander Coplan & Aronoff LLP as
Delaware counsel, UBS Securities LLC as investment banker, and
Berkeley Research Group, LLC as financial advisor.  Ernst & Young
LLP provides audit and tax services to the committee.


HIGHPOINT RESOURCES: Seeks to Hire Epiq as Administrative Advisor
-----------------------------------------------------------------
HighPoint Resources Corporation and its affiliates seek approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to hire
Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC as their administrative advisor.

The Debtors require an administrative advisor to:

     (a) assist in the solicitation, balloting and tabulation of
votes, and prepare any related reports in support of confirmation
of a Chapter 11 plan;

     (b) prepare an official ballot certification and, if
necessary, testify in support of the ballot tabulation results;

     (c) assist in the preparation of the Debtors' schedules of
assets and liabilities and statements of financial affairs and
gather data in conjunction therewith;

     (d) provide a confidential data room, if requested;

     (e) manage and coordinate any distributions pursuant to the
plan; and

     (f) provide such other processing, solicitation, balloting and
other administrative services

The firm will be paid based on its pricing schedule:

     Clerical/Administrative Support         $35 - $55 per hour
     IT/Programming                          $65 - $85 per hour
     Case Managers                           $85 - $165 per hour
     Consultant/Directors/Vice Presidents    $165 - $195 per hour
     Solicitation Consultant                 $195 per hour
     Executive Vice President, Solicitation  $215 per hour
     Executives                              No charge

The Debtors agreed to provide Epiq a retainer in the amount of
$15,000 and reimburse the firm for work-related expenses.

Sophie Frodsham, consulting director at Epiq, disclosed in court
filings that the firm is a "disinterested person" as that term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Sophie Frodsham
     Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC
     777 Third Avenue, 12th Floor
     New York, NY 10017
     Tel: +1 415 691 0775

                    About HighPoint Resources

HighPoint Resources Corporation (NYSE: HPR) is a Denver,
Colorado-based company focused on the development of oil and
natural gas assets located in the Denver-Julesburg Basin of
Colorado.  Additional information about HighPoint may be found on
its website at http://www.hpres.com/    

On March 14, 2021, HighPoint and two affiliated companies filed
petitions under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-10565) to seek confirmation of a
prepackaged plan that would provide for a merger with Bonanza Creek
Energy, Inc.  In the petition, HighPoint disclosed assets of
between $500 million and $1 billion and liabilities of the same
range.

Judge Christopher S. Sontchi oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP as legal counsel, Tudor,
Pickering, Holt & Co. and Perella Weinberg Partners as financial
advisor, and AlixPartners, LLP as restructuring advisor.  Epiq
Corporate Restructuring is the claims agent and administrative
advisor.

Evercore and Vinson & Elkins, LLP serve as legal advisors to
Bonanza Creek.

Akin Gump, LLP serves as legal advisor to an informal group of
HighPoint noteholders that signed the TSA.


INDUSTRIAL REPAIR: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Legal Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Industrial Repair and Manufacturing, Inc. seeks approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Ohio to hire
Diller and Rice, LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor with respect to its rights, powers and
duties in its Chapter 11 case;

     (b) advising and assisting the Debtor in the preparation of
its bankruptcy schedules and statement of financial affairs;

     (c) assisting and advising the Debtor in connection with the
administration of the case;

     (d) analyzing the claims of creditors and negotiate with such
creditors;

     (e) investigating the acts, conduct, assets, rights,
liabilities and financial condition of the Debtor and the Debtor's
business;

     (f) advising the Debtor and negotiating with respect to the
sale of its assets;

     (g) investigating, filing and prosecuting litigation on behalf
of the Debtor;

     (h) proposing a plan of reorganization;

     (i) appearing and representing the Debtor at hearings,
conferences and other proceedings;

     (j) preparing or reviewing motions, applications, orders and
other documents filed with the court;

     (k) instituting or continuing any appropriate proceedings to
recover assets of the estate;

     (l) other legal services.

Diller and Rice will be paid at these rates:

     Steven L. Diller     $315 per hour
     Raymond L. Beebe     $315 per hour
     Eric R. Neuman       $285 per hour
     Adam J. Motycka      $200 per hour

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $6,500 from the
Debtor, of which $1,738 was used to pay the filing fee.

Steven Diller, Esq., attorney at Diller and Rice, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Diller and Rice can be reached at:

     Steven L. Diller,
     Diller and Rice, LLC
     124 East Main Street
     Van Wert, OH 45891
     Phone: (419) 238-5025
     Fax:(419) 238-4705
     Email: Steven@drlawllc.com

             About Industrial Repair and Manufacturing

Industrial Repair and Manufacturing, Inc. provides warehousing and
storage services.  It is the fee simple owner of a storage
warehouse located at 265 Rogers St., Delta, Ohio, valued at $1.42
million.

Industrial Repair and Manufacturing filed its voluntary petition
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.
Ohio Case No. 21-30505) on March 26, 2021.  Peggy Toedter,
treasurer, signed the petition.  At the time of filing, the Debtor
disclosed $1,926,975 in assets and $5,756,050 in liabilities.  

Judge Mary Ann Whipple oversees the case.

Steven L. Diller, Esq., at Diller and Rice, LLC, serves as the
Debtor's counsel.


INTELSAT SA: Filing Says Jackson Noteholders Differ on Bonus Pay
----------------------------------------------------------------
Allison McNeely of Bloomberg News reports that Intelsat SA and the
creditors expected to own the company after it emerges from
bankruptcy are far apart on which party should get any C-Band
payments above the $4.9 billion expected for transferring its
spectrum, according to cleansing documents.  The bankrupt satellite
company and its creditors have yet to reach an agreement over how
it will restructure its debt.  The company proposed that the
Jackson noteholder group, who will take control of the company,
shouldn't get any proceeds from the C-Band sale beyond the initial
$4.9 billion expected from the Federal Communications Commission.

                        About Intelsat S.A.

Intelsat S.A. -- http://www.intelsat.com/-- is a publicly held
operator of satellite services businesses, which provides a diverse
array of communications services to a wide variety of clients,
including media companies, telecommunication operators, internet
service providers, and data networking service providers. It is
also a provider of commercial satellite communication services to
the U.S. government and other select military organizations and
their contractors.  The company's administrative headquarters are
in McLean, Virginia, and the Company has extensive operations
spanning across the United States, Europe, South America, Africa,
the Middle East, and Asia.

Intelsat S.A. and its debtor-affiliates concurrently filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D. Va. Lead Case No. 20-32299) on May 13, 2020.  The
petitions were signed by David Tolley, executive vice president,
chief financial officer, and co-chief restructuring officer. At the
time of the filing, the Debtors disclosed total assets of
$11,651,558,000 and total liabilities of $16,805,844,000 as of
April 1, 2020.

Judge Keith L. Phillips oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Kutak Rock LLP as legal
counsel; Alvarez & Marsal North America, LLC as restructuring
advisor; PJT Partners LP as financial advisor & investment banker;
Deloitte LLP as tax advisor; and Deloitte Financial Advisory
Services LLP as fresh start accounting services provider. Stretto
is the claims and noticing agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 4 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on May 27, 2020. The committee tapped Milbank
LLP and Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP as legal counsel; FTI Consulting,
Inc. as financial advisor; Moelis & Company LLC as investment
banker; Bonn Steichen & Partners as special counsel; and Prime
Clerk LLC as information agent.


JDL FEDERAL: Hits Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection
--------------------------------------------------
Law 360 reports that an event center that looks out over Mile High
Stadium has filed for bankruptcy as it fights in court with a
subtenant running a pot shop.

JDL Federal LLC, which owns Field House Event Venue, filed for
Chapter 11 protection Wednesday, April 7, 2021, citing about
$85,000 in liabilities and $31,000 in assets.

Lance Goff, an attorney from Goff & Goff representing JDL Federal,
said in an email that the pandemic -- which has halted most
in-person events -- was only part of the "combination of factors"
that led to the bankruptcy.  The legal back-and-forth between JDL
Federal and its sublessee, Mile High Medical Cannabis, also
contributed, he said.

According to a lawsuit by JDL Federal, that entity has leased the
entire building at 1600 N. Federal Blvd. since early 2015.  Since
that time, it's subleased part of the space to five other entities.
Of those, four are in good standing with their sublessor, but one,
the cannabis vendor, has overstayed its welcome.

Per the suit, which seeks an order to allow the rejection of Mile
High Medical Cannabis' sublease, the pot shop's contract for the
space was up at the end of 2019, but it's stayed in its location on
JDL's rented property since then.  The dispensary has cited a
"vague" option clause, per the lawsuit, which JDL is arguing in
court was in place as "general procedure" for the purpose of
finding fair market rent extension.

JDL majority owner Lisa Vedovelli, who did not respond to a request
for comment, said in an affidavit filed in connection with the
lawsuit that the presence of the cannabis vendor has also posed
challenges for the events business.

"The presence of MH Cannabis has a negative effect on the Debtor's
business because it narrows the field of potential event tenants,"
the lawsuit reads. "For example, the Debtor has been unable to rent
its Field House to student groups interested in hosting a prom
there, it cannot rent to non-profits such as MADD and other groups
which focus on health and sobriety, and it cannot host children's
events."

The lawsuit also states the bankruptcy filing is in jeopardy
because of the sale of a restricted substance on site.

"A Chapter 11 debtor cannot propose a good-faith reorganization
plan that relies on knowingly profiting from the marijuana
industry," the lawsuit reads.

                         About JDL Federal

JDL Federal LLC is the owner of the Field House Event Venue in
Denver, Colorado.

JDL Federal filed for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Colo. Case
No. 21-11632) on April 7, 2021.  It listed assets about $31,000 and
liabilities about $85,000.

The Debtor's counsel:

        Lance J. Goff
        Tel: (303) 415-9688
        E-mail: lance@goff-law.com


LANDS' END: S&P Withdraws 'B-' Issuer Credit Rating
---------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings withdrew its 'B-' issuer credit rating on Lands'
End Inc. at the company's request. At the time of the withdrawal
there is no rated debt outstanding.



LANNETT COMPANY: Moody's Rates New 1st Lien Secured Notes 'B1'
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B1 rating to Lannett Company,
Inc.'s new 1st lien senior secured notes. Moody's also affirmed
Lannett's B3 Corporate Family Rating and B3-PD Probability of
Default Rating, and the Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating remains
unchanged at SGL-3. The outlook remains stable.

Lannett is refinancing its capital structure, using proceeds from
its proposed 1st lien senior secured notes, 2nd lien credit
facility (unrated), and cash to fully refinance its existing term
loan B. The deal is leverage neutral. At the same time, Lannett is
upsizing its ABL revolver facility to $45 million from $30 million.
The refinancing improves Lannett's debt maturity profile, extending
debt maturities to 2026. The 2nd lien credit facility will have
interest paid-in-kind (PIK) with a 10% coupon in the first year,
shifting to 5% cash pay and a 5% PIK coupon thereafter, which will
make deleveraging more dependent on earnings growth. Moody's will
withdraw the rating on Lannett's existing term loan once repaid.

The B1 rating on the 1st lien secured notes reflects the loss
absorption provided by a significant amount of subordinated debt in
the capital structure in the form of existing convertible notes and
the new privately placed 2nd lien credit facility.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that even though Lannett's
debt/EBITDA will rise and remain high over the next 12 to 18
months, its liquidity will be sufficient and that good pipeline
execution will continue. This higher leverage is due to ongoing
erosion due to generic competition on several high value products
and higher R&D investments to support its late stage pipeline drugs
which will be critical to Lannett's ability to delever. Given
Lannett's very high financial leverage, any setbacks in the
development of Lannett's generic version of Advair, insulin
glargine, insulin aspart, or to its on-market portfolio, could
pressure the ratings.

Lannett Company, Inc.:

Rating assigned:

1st lien senior secured notes at B1 (LGD3)

Ratings affirmed:

Corporate Family Rating at B3

Probability of Default Rating at B3-PD

Outlook Actions:

The outlook is stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Lannett's B3 Corporate Family Rating is constrained by high
financial leverage which Moody's expects will rise and remain over
9x debt/EBITDA through its fiscal year ending 2022. The rating is
also constrained by Lannett's moderate size with revenues of
between $500-$550 million and concentration in the US generic drug
market. Critical to Lannett's ability to reverse earnings declines
will be the cumulative contributions from higher value new product
launches from Lannett's internal and acquired pipeline and
strategic in-licensing deals. Lannett has several sizeable market
opportunities that remain in development but are several years
away. Importantly, Moody's expects Lannett to generate positive
free cash flow over the next 12-18 months.

The SGL-3 reflects Moody's expectation that liquidity will be
adequate over the next 12-15 months. Lannett had $39 million of
cash at December 31, 2020. Moody's forecasts free cash flow of
$20-$30 million over the next 12 months. Interest paid on Lannett's
second lien credit facility will be paid-in-kind which will support
liquidity, although increase debt. Lannett has a $45 million
asset-based revolver (ABL) that will expire in the earlier of April
2026 or 90 days prior to any debt maturity. The ABL has a springing
fixed charge covenant only when availability drops below 15% (less
than $6.8 million). The 2nd lien also has a minimum cash
requirement of $15 million at the end of every month and $5 million
at any time.

Social risk considerations include Lannett's exposure to the
lawsuit into generic drug price fixing by State Attorneys General.
Lannett is a defendant alongside 33 other pharmaceutical companies
and individuals. There is no set trial date, and Lannett's exposure
to similar civil complaints also remain unresolved. Governance
considerations include Lannett's very high financial leverage.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include earnings shortfalls
due to factors like competition, pricing pressure or expense
growth, or an erosion in liquidity. Setbacks or unfavorable
regulatory outcomes on Lannett's key late-stage pipeline assets, or
negative legal developments related to its exposure to
investigations into alleged generic drug price fixing could also
result in a downgrade.

The ratings could be upgraded if Moody's expects debt/EBITDA to be
sustained below 5 times. Greater certainty related to generic drug
price fixing exposure would likely also be needed.

Lannett Company, Inc. ("Lannett"), headquartered in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania is a generic drug manufacturer and distributor with
capabilities in difficult-to-manufacture products. Lannett reported
revenues of $543 million for the twelve months ended December 31,
2020.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Pharmaceutical
Industry published in June 2017.


LINKMEYER DEVELOPMENT: City Says Plan Unconfirmable
---------------------------------------------------
The City of Lawrenceburg, Indiana, filed an objection to the
Disclosure Statement explaining Linkmeyer Development II, LLC's
Chapter 11 Plan.

The Disclosure Statement the Debtor filed in Linkmeyer's case is
identical to that filed in the other two cases, but the three
Debtors are separate entities with separate assets, though the
schedules show that the three Debtors share the same $3,000,000
liability to the City. The City is filing an objection to the
Disclosure Statement in all three cases.  As demonstrated herein,
this case, along with the other two, must be dismissed at this
stage because the Debtor in each case will never be able to obtain
confirmation of any plan over the City's objection.  The City is
filing motions to dismiss in all three cases in connection with
this Objection.

Additionally, the level of disclosure is entirely inadequate.  That
inadequacy includes the Debtors' failure to explain which Debtor
owns which assets.  While the City's objections will be largely the
same in all three cases, each objection will point out which Debtor
owns which assets according to the schedules.  So, for example,
this Debtor, Linkmeyer Development II, LLC, owns no assets at all,
while Linkmeyer Kroger, LLC, owns the two unimproved lots located
in Tanners Creek South, and Debtor Linkmeyer Properties, Case No.
20-90898, owns the Waterview Commerce lots.

Similarly, the City's $3,000,000+ claim is owed by all three
Debtors, and other than an IRS claim, comprises the only real claim
in the Linkmeyer Properties case, Case No. 20-90898 and the
Linkmeyer Kroger case, Case No. 20-90899.  But in addition to the
City's claim, there are (allegedly) millions of dollars of
unliquidated employee claims in this, the Linkmeyer Development
case, Case No. 20-90900.  Since the same Disclosure Statement (and
Plan) are filed in all three cases, the Disclosure Statements (and
Plans) gloss over and do not mention these distinctions between the
cases relating to each entity's particular assets and liabilities.

Ultimately, however, the Debtors' failure to properly include their
individual assets and liabilities in each Disclosure Statement does
not matter, because this case and the other two cases are
unconfirmable, whether considered jointly or individually, and all
must be dismissed.  While the Debtors should explain which assets
each Debtor owns, instead of acting like the cases are
substantively consolidated, whether the cases are taken
individually, as they should be, or together, the disclosure in all
the cases is inadequate, and the cases should be dismissed at this
juncture because the Debtors' plans in all three cases are
unconfirmable, the City tells the Court.

Attorney for the City of Lawrenceburg, Indiana:

     Reuel D. Ash
     Ulmer & Berne LLP
     600 Vine Street, Suite 2800
     Cincinnati, OH 45202
     Tel: (513) 698-5118
     Fax: (513) 698-5119
     E-mail: rash@ulmer.com


MADDOX FOUNDRY: Plan to Liquidate Assets to Pay Claims
------------------------------------------------------
Maddox Foundry & Machine Works, LLC, filed a Chapter 11 Plan of
Reorganization and a Disclosure Statement.

The Plan marshals the Debtor's available resources to pay the
claims of creditors through the disposition of the Debtor's assets,
including the Foundry Assets and the Real Property.  In general,
the means for execution of the Plan include the orderly liquidation
of (1) the Real Property, and (2) the Foundry Assets.  The Debtor
will use the resulting proceeds to make payments to creditors as
provided in this Plan, in particular the Allowed Claims of McGurn
Foundry, LLC and Kenneth McGurn.

As the Disclosure Statement and the Plan explain, if the property
is not put under contract for sale during an initial marketing
period, then the Debtor's assets will be disposed of through an
auction process or directly turned over to the McGurn Entities.

Class 3 shall consist of the allowed secured claim of McGurn
Foundry, LLC, totaling $4,512,350.  After paying the commercially
reasonable transaction costs associated with the sale of the Real
Property, which shall be subject to Foundry's review and approval,
the proceeds of the sale shall be disbursed to McGurn Foundry LLC
as to McGurn Foundry, LLC's allowed Class 3 claim.  If the Debtor
has not closed a sale of the Real Property as of August 31, 2021,
then the Debtor will arrange for one of two scenarios at the
discretion of McGurn: Title to the Real Property and Foundry Assets
shall be turned over to McGurn Foundry, LLC or the Real Property
and Foundry Assets shall be auctioned to the public on or before
Oct. 1, 2021, with McGurn Foundry, LLC, retaining the right to
credit bid up to $1,500,000 at any such auction.

Class 4 shall consist of the allowed unsecured claims totaling
$461,540.  The claims will be paid through the proceeds of the sale
of the Real Property and Foundry Assets.

Class 5 shall consist of the claims of Fletcher and Mary Hope
totaling $1,042,000.  Paid through the proceeds of the sale of the
Real Property and Foundry Assets, but only after all other claims
are paid in full.

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/2OwEwOG from PacerMonitor.com.

             About Maddox Foundry & Machine Works

Maddox Foundry & Machine Works, LLC, is a company that operates a
foundry machine shop.  It emerged from a prior bankruptcy in 2017.

In February of 2019, Chase Hope took over control of the Debtor
from his parents, Fletcher and Mary Hope through the Debtor's
parent company, Green Health Science, LLC.  By April 2019 the
Debtor started to experience financial issues.  The Debtor
experienced cash-flow issues and was unable to service its
seven-figure obligations to the McGurn Entities.

Maddox Foundry & Machine Works, LLC, a company that operates a
foundry machine shop, sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 20-10211) on Oct. 7,
2020.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed assets of
$500,000 and liabilities of $4.495 million.

Judge Karen K. Specie oversees the case.  

Seldon J. Childers, Esq., at ChildersLaw, LLC, serves as the
Debtor's legal counsel and Dawn Moesser, ASA, of ICS Asset
Management Services, Inc., as the Debtor's appraiser.


METRONOMIC HOLDINGS: Crystal Lake Property Sale to 402 Federal OK'd
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Laurel M. Isicoff of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Florida authorized Metronomic Holdings, LLC's
sale of the real property located at 402 Federal Drive, Crystal
Lake, Illinois, to 402 Federal Drive, LLC.

The Auction of the Property was conducted on March 16, 2021, at
10:00 a.m., via remote ZOOM link by the Debtor's Court-approved
auctioneer and broker, Hilco Real Estate, LLC.  The highest and
best bid submitted in connection with the Auction for the Property
was submitted by the Buyer.

The Sale Hearing was held on March 31, 2021, at 10:30 a.m.  

The Debtor's entry into the APA and the consummation of the Sale is
approved in all respects.

The closing of the Sale is delayed until 10 days after the last
date of publishing of the Supplemental Notice, which, for the
avoidance of doubt, such 10-day deadline will occur on May 17,
2021.

The sale is free and clear of all Claims and Encumbrances of any
person or entity, including, but not limited to, the claim of
Valley Fire Protection System, LLC. In addition, the lien claim of
Valley Fire Protection System, LLC will be released against the 402
LT Federal Drive Asset and the lawsuit filed by Valley Fire
Protection System, LLC v. Metronomic, Inc., et.al., Case No. 20 CH
000135 in the Circuit Court of McHenry County will be dismissed
with prejudice.

As set forth in the APA, the Property includes, but is not limited
to, the real property described therein.  

The APA is authorized and approved in its entirety.

The Buyer is not assuming any contracts or leases and for the
avoidance of doubt will further not be responsible for any
obligations to pay any contractors or materialmen under any
contracts for any labor, materials or otherwise with respect to any
contracts related to any construction relating to 402 LT Federal
Drive Asset and Successful Bidders only purchasing the rights to
any warranties related to the 402 LT Federal Drive Asset and/or the
completed construction.  

The Sale Order will take effect immediately and will not be stayed
pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 6004(g), 6004(h), 6006(d), 7062, or
otherwise.

The automatic stay pursuant to section 362(a) of Bankruptcy Code is
modified, lifted, and annulled with respect to the Debtors and
Buyer, to the extent necessary, without further order of the Court,
to (a) allow the Buyer to deliver any notice provided for in the
APA, and (b) allow the Buyer to take any and all actions permitted
under the APA or the Sale Order.

                          About Metronomic Holdings

Metronomic Holdings, LLC is a real estate company that owns and
manages a portfolio of real estate assets in Miami-Dade County,
Fla., and McHenry County, Ill.  

Metronomic Holdings filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D. Fla.
Case No. 20-20310) on September 23, 2020.  At the time of the
filing, the Debtor disclosed assets of between $50 million and
$100
million and liabilities of the same range.
  
Judge Laurel M. Isicoff oversees the case. The Debtor hired Aleida
Martinez Molina as its legal counsel. On March 3, 2021, the Debtor
employed Pack Law, P.A. to serve as co-counsel with Weiss Serota
Helfman Cole & Bierman, P.L., the firm handling its Chapter 11
case.



METRONOMIC HOLDINGS: Sale of 17 Collateral Properties to Fuse OK'd
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Laurel M. Isicoff of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Southern District of Florida authorized Metronomic Holdings, LLC's
sale of the 17 remaining of Fuse Funding Fund I, LLC's 19
collateral properties to Fuse, but not with respect to the
properties to be sold to The Vistas Group Global, Inc., and 402
Federal Drive, LLC.

The Auction of the Fuse Portfolio Properties was conducted on March
16, 2021, at 10:00 a.m., via remote ZOOM link by the Debtor's
Court-approved auctioneer and broker, Hilco Real Estate, LLC.  The
highest and best bids submitted in connection with the Auction for
the Assets was submitted by the Buyer.

The Sale Hearing was held on March 31, 2021, at 10:30 a.m.  

The Debtor's entry into the PSA and the consummation of the Sale is
approved in all respects.

The sale is free and clear of all Claims and Encumbrances of any
person or entity.   

As set forth in the PSA, the Fuse Credit Bid Properties include,
but are not limited to, the real property and improvements thereon
of all the 17 parcels of real property listed in the APA and
incorporated in the Order by the reference.

The PSA is authorized and approved in its entirety.

Fuse is not assuming any contracts or leases and for the avoidance
of doubt will further not be responsible for any obligations to pay
any contractors or materialmen under any contracts for any labor,
materials or otherwise with respect to any contracts related to any
construction relating to Fuse Credit Bid Properties and Successful
Bidders only purchasing the rights to any warranties related to the
Fuse Credit Bid Properties and/or the completed construction.

The Sale Order will take effect immediately and will not be stayed
pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 6004(g), 6004(h), 6006(d), 7062, or
otherwise.

The automatic stay pursuant to section 362(a) of Bankruptcy Code is
modified, lifted, and annulled with respect to the Debtors and
Buyer, to the extent necessary, without further order of the Court,
to (a) allow the Buyer to deliver any notice provided for in the
PSA, and (b) allow the Buyer to take any and all actions permitted
under the PSA or the Sale Order.

                          About Metronomic Holdings

Metronomic Holdings, LLC is a real estate company that owns and
manages a portfolio of real estate assets in Miami-Dade County,
Fla., and McHenry County, Ill.  

Metronomic Holdings filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D. Fla.
Case No. 20-20310) on September 23, 2020.  At the time of the
filing, the Debtor disclosed assets of between $50 million and
$100
million and liabilities of the same range.
  
Judge Laurel M. Isicoff oversees the case. The Debtor hired Aleida
Martinez Molina as its legal counsel. On March 3, 2021, the Debtor
employed Pack Law, P.A. to serve as co-counsel with Weiss Serota
Helfman Cole & Bierman, P.L., the firm handling its Chapter 11
case.



MOTORMAX FINANCIAL: Seeks Approval to Hire Bankruptcy Attorneys
---------------------------------------------------------------
Motormax Financial Services Corp. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Georgia to hire Fife M.
Whiteside, P.C. and Robert R. Lomax, LLC as its attorneys.

The firms' services include:

     a. advising the Debtor with respect to its power and duties
under the Bankruptcy Code;

     b. preparing legal papers;

     c. continuing existing litigation and conducting examinations
incidental to the administration of the Debtor's estate;

     d. taking all necessary actions for the proper preservation
and administration of the estate;

     e. assisting in the preparation and filing of a statement of
financial affairs, bankruptcy schedules and lists;

     f. taking action with respect to the use of the Debtor's
property pledged as collateral;

     g. asserting claims that the Debtor may have against others;

     h. assisting the Debtor in connection with claims for taxes
made by governmental units; and

     i. other legal services.

Fife M. Whiteside will act as primary counsel and the other firm as
secondary counsel.  Fife M. Whiteside and Robert R. Lomax will
charge $250 per hour and $325 per hour, respectively.

As disclosed in court filings, both law firms are "disinterested
persons" within the meaning of Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firms can be reached through:

     Fife M. Whiteside, Esq.
     Fife M. Whiteside, PC
     1124 Lockwood Ave
     Columbus, GA 31906-2416
     Tel: 706-320-121
     Fax: 706-320-1217
     Email: whitesidef@mindspring.com

     -- and --

     Robert R. Lomax, Esq.
     Robert R. Lomax, LLC
     1301 1st Ave #102
     Columbus, GA 31901
     Phone: +1 706-322-0100

             About Motormax Financial Services Corp.

Motormax Financial Services Corp. sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Ga. Case No. 21-40100)
on March 29, 2021.  In the petition signed by Karl White, chief
executive officer, the Debtor disclosed total assets of $50,000 to
$100,000 and total liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.  Fife
M. Whiteside, PC and Robert R. Lomax, LLC serve as the Debtor's
attorneys.


MYOMO INC: Signs Separation Agreement With VP
---------------------------------------------
Myomo, Inc. entered into a transitional services and separation
agreement with Jonathan Naft, the Company's vice president and
general manager and a "named executive officer".  

The Separation Agreement provides for the termination of Mr. Naft
and confirms that the last day of his employment with the Company
to be March 31, 2021 as a result of his resignation without good
reason (as defined in Mr. Naft's employment agreement with the
Company).  

Mr. Naft is eligible to receive an equity grant in 2021 to the
extent the Company's management team is eligible to receive such
grants, which grant will be commensurate with the grant he would
have received in his role with the Company prior to his departure.
Such equity grant will become fully vested no later than Dec. 31,
2021.  In addition, the Separation Agreement contemplates the entry
by Mr. Naft into a Consulting Agreement.  During Mr. Naft's
consulting period, his equity awards, including stock options and
restricted stock units, will continue to vest.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if Mr. Naft terminates his services to the Company as a
result of its breach of his Consulting Agreement, or if the Company
terminates his Consulting Agreement (other than due to his willful
misconduct, refusal or failure to perform the consulting services,
breach of the Separation Agreement or breach of the Consulting
Agreement) or fail to renew his Consulting Agreement, then Mr.
Naft's equity will fully vest.  The transition services agreement
also contains a general release of claims against the Company and a
non-disparagement provision.

                      Consulting Services Agreement

On March 31, 2021, Mr. Naft also entered into a Consulting Services
Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which Mr. Naft has agreed
to provide certain consulting services as an independent contractor
to the Company at a rate of $12,500 per month.  In addition, Mr.
Naft is eligible for a 2021 year-end bonus of up to $75,000 upon
achievement of specific objectives and the Company's business
results, subject to approval of the Company's board of directors
and Mr. Naft's continuous service relationship with the Company
through Dec. 31, 2021.  The Consulting Agreement will be renewed on
an annual basis beginning on January 1 of each year unless earlier
terminated by the parties pursuant to its terms.

                          About Myomo

Headquartered in Cambridge, Massachusetts, Myomo, Inc. --
http://www.myomo.com-- is a wearable medical robotics company that
offers expanded mobility for those suffering from neurological
disorders and upper limb paralysis.  Myomo develops and markets the
MyoPro product line.  MyoPro is a powered upper limb orthosis
designed to support the arm and restore function to the weakened or
paralyzed arms of patients suffering from CVA stroke, brachial
plexus injury, traumatic brain or spinal cord injury, ALS or other
neuromuscular disease or injury.

Myomo reported a net loss of $11.56 million for the year ended Dec.
31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $10.71 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had $14.71
million in total assets, $3.14 million in total liabilities, and
$11.56 million in total stockholders' equity.


NATIONAL MUSEUM OF AMERICAN JEWISH: Valued $66 Million, Says Judge
------------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that a Pennsylvania federal judge Tuesday, April 6,
2021, ratified a bankruptcy court's finding that a bankrupt
Philadelphia Jewish history museum's property is worth $66 million,
saying the museum management's $10.5 million estimate doesn't
factor its own intention to keep running the building as a museum.


In her order, U.S. District Judge Wendy Beetlestone said the
bankruptcy court judge was right to accept the higher valuation
proposed by the secured lenders for the downtown Philadelphia
location of the National Museum of American Jewish History.

                About Museum of American Jewish History

The Museum of American Jewish History -- https://www.nmajh.org/ --
is a Pennsylvania non-profit organization which operates the
National Museum of American Jewish History, the only museum in the
nation dedicated exclusively to exploring and interpreting the
American Jewish experience. The museum presents educational and
public programs that preserve, explore and celebrate the history of
Jews in America. The museum was established in 1976 and is housed
in the Philadelphia's Independence Mall.

On March 1, 2020, the Museum of American Jewish History sought
Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 20-11285).  The
Debtor was estimated to have $10 million to $50 million in assets
and liabilities.  Judge Magdeline D. Coleman oversees the case.
The Debtor tapped Dilworth Paxson, LLP as its legal counsel and
Donlin, Recano & Company, Inc. as its claims agent.



NATIONAL RIFLE ASSOCIATION: LaPierre Failed to Report Yacht Trips
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Steven Church and Neil Weinberg of Bloomberg News report that Wayne
LaPierre, the top executive of the National Rifle Association,
violated its policies and failed to disclose free overseas yacht
trips, the powerful head of the gun-rights group told a federal
bankruptcy judge who will decide whether to replace him with a
trustee.

Under questioning from a lawyer for New York's Attorney General,
LaPierre defended the use of the yacht calling the trips a
"security retreat."  Family members joined him on at least some
yacht trips he took annually for six years, LaPierre acknowledged
in his testimony in federal court Wednesday, April 7, 2021.

                 About National Rifle Association

Founded in 1871 in New York, the National Rifle Association of
America is a gun rights advocacy group.  The NRA claims to be the
longest-standing civil rights organization and has more than five
million members.

Seeking to move its domicile and principal place of business to
Texas amid lawsuits in New York, the National Rifle Association of
America sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No.
21-30085) on Jan. 15, 2021.  Affiliate Sea Girt LLC simultaneously
sought Chapter 11 protection (Case No. 21-30080).

The NRA was estimated to have assets and liabilities of $100
million to $500 million as of the bankruptcy filing.

Judge Harlin Dewayne Hale oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Neligan LLP and Garman Turner Gordon LLP as
their bankruptcy counsel, and Brewer, Attorneys & Counselors as
their special counsel.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 6 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Feb. 4, 2021.  Norton Rose Fulbright US,
LLP, and AlixPartners, LLP, serve as the committee's legal counsel
and financial advisor, respectively.


NEW SEASONG: Court Approves Disclosure Statement
------------------------------------------------
Judge Harlin D Hale has entered an order approving the Amended
Disclosure Statement of New Sea Song, LLC.

April 29, 2021, is fixed as the last day for filing and serving
written acceptances or rejections of the Plan in the form of a
ballot.

May 3, 2021, at 9:00 a.m. is fixed for the hearing on confirmation
of the Plan in the Courtroom of the Honorable Harlin D Hale, 1100
Commerce Street, 14th Floor, Dallas, Texas.

April 29, 2021, is fixed as the last day for filing and serving
written objections to confirmation of the Plan.

                        About New Seasong

New Seasong LLC is the owner of a piece of real property located at
925 WillacyCircle, Cedar Hill, Texas.  It was formed in October
2019 for the purpose of purchasing the Property.

Based in Cedar Hill, Texas, New Seasong sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No.
20-32105) on Aug. 19, 2020, listing under $1 million in both assets
and liabilities.  The Debtor is represented by Eric A. Liepins,
P.C.


NORTHERN OIL: Closes Acquisition of Reliance Marcellus' Properties
------------------------------------------------------------------
Northern Oil and Gas, Inc. closed on April 1, 2021, its previously
announced acquisition of properties owned by Reliance Marcellus,
LLC.

Highlights:

   * Extends Northern's non-operated model to Appalachia – the
     leading US natural gas basin - and creates a national non-
     operated franchise, diversified by region and commodity mix

   * Northern paid closing consideration of $120.9 million in cash
    (including previously paid deposit), which is subject to final

     post-closing settlement, and 3.25 million common stock
warrants

   * The cash closing payment was funded with borrowings under
     Northern's revolving credit facility, which had $263.0
million
     of outstanding borrowings as of March 31, 2021, prior to
     funding the closing, a reduction of $24.0 million from the
     previously announced balance as of March 11, 2021

   * 2021 guidance reiterated for the acquired assets, including
     production of 75-85 MMcfpd and $20-25MM of CAPEX

   * Northern has hedged approximately 66% of forecasted remaining

     2021 PDP gas production on the acquired assets at an average
     price of $3.00/MMbtu and 36% of forecasted Q1:2022 PDP gas
     production at an average price of $3.17/MMbtu

MANAGEMENT COMMENTS

"We are pleased to have closed this transformational acquisition,
which enhances our high-return national non-operated business model
with a key move into the Marcellus," commented Nick O'Grady,
Northern's chief executive officer.  "Furthermore, this transaction
and our recent balance sheet advancements have positioned Northern
as the natural consolidator of non-operated assets.  With the Board
and Management's substantial ownership of Northern's equity, we
will only entertain transactions that clearly add immediate
shareholder value and are accretive to our free cash flow and
future dividend potential."

                           About Northern Oil

Northern Oil and Gas, Inc. -- http://www.northernoil.com-- is an
independent energy company engaged in the acquisition, exploration,
development and production of oil and natural gas properties,
primarily in the Bakken and Three Forks formations within the
Williston Basin in North Dakota and Montana.

Northern Oil reported a net loss of $906.04 million for the year
ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $76.32 million for
the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$872.09 million in total assets, $1.09 billion in total
liabilities, and a total stockholders' deficit of $223.30 million.


NTH SOLUTIONS: Chapter 11 Won't Affect Coatesville Center Project
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Kennedy Rose of Philadelphia Business Journal reports that nth
Solutions founder says the company's bankruptcy filing won't affect
the Coatesville innovation center project.

Exton-based nth Solutions has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection with plans to reorganize the company and continue
supporting startups in Chester County.

Susan Springsteen, nth Solutions' managing partner, cited the
Covid-19 pandemic's impact on the product development company and
its clients as a reason for the bankruptcy, filed in Pennsylvania
Eastern District Court on March 26, 2021.

"Covid's been difficult for everybody," she said. "I don't know
anybody who's gotten through this unscathed in one capacity or
another, whether it's business or personal."

Nth Solutions focuses on product development and manufacturing,
working with startups to develop intellectual property and patented
products and get them to market.

Springsteen, in a separate statement, said nth Solutions'
day-to-day operations will continue as normal.

Springsteen is also involved in a redevelopment project in
Coatesville. Nth Innovation, which is separate from nth Solutions,
is set to be the lead tenant in a new innovation center that will
occupy the former offices of the Lukens Steel plant.

She said the project will not be impacted by the bankruptcy filing,
and said that nth Solutions could move to Coatesville in the
future. She remains thankful for her partners and said that she'll
continue work in developing Chester County.

"We are still committed to Coatesville," Springsteen said in the
statement. "The new nth Innovation Center, under construction in
Coatesville, is unaffected, as it is separate from nth Solutions
LLC, and on schedule to open its doors in May 2021."

The project is located within a Keystone Innovation Zone, which
offers tax credits to fledgling companies in certain industries,
and will host a startup incubator. The KIZ allows companies to
claim a tax credit based on revenue growth, and the program caps
the tax credit at $100,000. The project is backed by Springsteen,
her partner Eric Canfield and developer Proudfoot Capital, the
Philadelphia Inquirer reported.

The incubator will host companies like BioForce Analytics, a motion
measurement technology company, and toilet flushing tech company
H2O Connected, both of which nth Solutions has worked with in the
past. Springsteen is the CEO of H2O Connected, as well. Several
companies will be working in the incubator simultaneously, and
Springsteen said she is working through agreements with other
businesses now.

Nth Solutions filed for bankruptcy under Chapter 11's Subchapter V,
a special provision for small businesses. Subchapter V allows
bankruptcy proceedings to move faster than traditional filings, as
the debtor must file a plan for reorganization within 90 days.
Creditors are also not required to approve the reorganization plan
under Subchapter V, but the court must find that the debtor will be
able to pay back creditors under the plan and that creditors are
protected.

"We are using Chapter 11 Subchapter V to responsibly pause,
reorganize and emerge healthy and ready to move forward,"
Springsteen said in the statement.

Springsteen declined to comment on nth Solutions' plans for
restructuring.

The company has between one and 49 creditors, with estimated
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million, court filings show.
Court records do not identify the company's largest creditors, and
the total value of nth Solutions' assets is listed at $50,000 or
less.

                      About Nth Solutions

Nth Solutions, LLC -- https://nth-solutions.com/ -- operates a
facility located at 15 East Uwchlan Avenue in Exton, Pennsylvania,
where it manufactures electronic and mechanical precision devices.
In addition to its own product line, it also works with its clients
using a proprietary market-driven methodology in order to produce
additional "state-of-the-art" products.

Nth Solutions sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Penn. Case No. 21-10782) on March 26,
2021. In the petition signed by Susan Springsteen, managing
partner, member, the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and
up to $10 million in liabilities.

MASCHMEYER MARINAS P.C. represents the Debtor.




NUVERRA ENVIRONMENTAL: Appoints David Nightingale as Director
-------------------------------------------------------------
David J. Nightingale has been appointed to the board of directors
of Nuverra Environmental Solutions, Inc.

Mr. Nightingale, 63, has served as the chief executive officer of
CIG Logistics since March 6, 2020.  He previously served as the
executive vice president, Wellsite Services of Select Energy
Services, Inc. from November 2017 through March 29, 2019.  Prior to
Select's merger with Rockwater Energy Solutions, Inc. in November
2017, Mr. Nightingale served as the executive vice president and
chief operating officer of Rockwater from June 2015 through the
merger date and, prior thereto, as Rockwater's senior vice
president, Fluids Management and executive vice president, Water
Management.  Prior to joining Rockwater, he served as the president
of I.E. Miller, a former subsidiary of Complete Production
Services, in Houston, Texas.  Mr. Nightingale worked at Complete
Production Services for seven years in a variety of leadership
roles, including running the company's rig and heavy equipment
moving division and a well servicing subsidiary in the Rocky
Mountain region.  Prior to that, he spent over 25 years in a number
of engineering and operating management roles at several energy and
midstream companies.  

Mr. Nightingale obtained his B.S. in Civil Engineering from Bradley
University in Peoria, Illinois, and his M.B.A. from the University
of Houston.

Mr. Nightingale will serve as a member of the Audit Committee and
the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board.  There are
no material plans, contracts, or arrangements, whether or not
written, to which Mr. Nightingale is a party or in which Mr.
Nightingale participates or entered into in connection with his
appointment to the Board.

Meanwhile, John B. Griggs resigned from the Board on and effective
as of April 5, 2021.  At the time of his resignation, Mr. Griggs
served as the Chairman of the Audit Committee and as a member of
the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board.  Mr. Griggs
has confirmed to the Company that his decision to resign was not
the result of any disagreement with management or the Board, or
related to the Company's operations, policies, or practices.

In connection with Mr. Nightingale's appointment and Mr. Griggs'
resignation, the Board appointed existing director Michael Y.
McGovern as Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board and Mr.
Nightingale as Chairman of the Compensation and Nominating
Committee of the Board.

                            About Nuverra

Nuverra Environmental Solutions, Inc. provides water logistics and
oilfield services to customers focused on the development and
ongoing production of oil and natural gas from shale formations in
the United States.  Its services include the delivery, collection,
and disposal of solid and liquid materials that are used in and
generated by the drilling, completion, and ongoing production of
shale oil and natural gas.  The Company provides a suite of
solutions to customers who demand safety, environmental compliance
and accountability from their service providers.

Nuverra Environmental reported a net loss of $44.14 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $54.94 million
for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company
had $191.07 million in total assets, $58.78 million in total
liabilities, and $132.28 million in total shareholders' equity.


OECONNECTION LLC: Moody's Assigns B2 Rating to $75M First Lien Loan
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B2 (LGD3) rating to
OEConnection LLC's ("OEC") incremental $75 million senior secured
first lien delayed draw term loan. The proposed issuance of a $75
million first lien senior secured term loan add-on, and a $75
million first lien senior secured incremental delayed draw term
loan, does not affect the ratings or the outlook.

Proceeds from the term loan add-on are expected to be used to fund
the acquisition of a web-based provider of retail inventory
management software ("RIM"), and to pay transaction fees. The new
debt is expected to be fungible with the existing first lien senior
secured term loan due 2026. The acquired target will complement
OEC's core original parts sourcing software with planning tools
that help auto dealers maintain optimal inventory levels.

Assignments:

Issuer: OEConnection LLC

Gtd Senior Secured 1st Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan, Assigned B2
(LGD3)

RATINGS RATIONALE

OEConnection LLC's ("OEC") B3 corporate family rating reflects its
small scale, with $182 million in revenue as of 2020, and very high
debt/EBITDA at roughly 8.5x pro forma for the proposed acquisition
(Moody's adjusted as of December 2020, including capitalized
software as an expense and other adjustments). The incremental $75
million of debt is partially offset by the EBITDA contribution from
the acquired target, but pro forma leverage at closing remains very
high. The rating incorporates the expectation that OEC will
continue to pursue debt-funded acquisitions that will sustain high
levels of leverage, partially offset by the company's strong growth
profile and deleveraging capacity. Moody's anticipates that OEC
will continue to use the committed capacity under the new $75
million delayed draw term loan ("DDTL") to fund M&A targets that
complement the company's suite of original parts and inventory
software solutions. In 2020, the company utilized the majority of
its previously committed delayed-draw capacity to fund the
acquisitions of NuGen IT and Summit Consulting. Free cash flow to
debt as of December 2020 was 3.5% (Moody's adjusted) and is
expected to remain in the 1.5%-3.5% range, which is appropriate for
the B3 rating category. OEC's revenue base is heavily dependent on
its relationship with Ford and GM, and their network of affiliated
dealerships, which creates customer concentration. The proposed
acquisition of a RIM software provider with sizeable customers
outside of OEC's traditional client base could open cross sell
opportunities and support some diversification, but concentration
remains high.

OEC benefits from a leading position in the niche original
equipment ("OE") auto parts market in the US. A stable recurring
base of subscription revenues with high gross retention rates above
94% and a sticky business model embedded in client workflows are
credit positive. The recession caused by COVID-19 led to a severe
disruption in 2020 to OEC's cyclical client base (mainly franchised
dealerships and original equipment manufacturers ("OEM")). Despite
the headwinds, OEC's subscription-based revenue model generated
positive growth in 2020, reflecting the stability of the business
model and OEC's attractive value proposition by focusing on highly
profitable service and parts operations. Healthy SaaS EBITDA
margins around 40% and low capital expenditure requirements result
in stable cash flow generation and partially mitigate the
exceptionally high level of financial leverage. Long-standing
relationships with OE manufacturers, affiliated dealers and auto
repair shops create barriers to entry and an attractive network for
prospective new dealers seeking to grow revenue from OE parts.

The stable outlook reflects the expectation that OEC will return to
high single-digit growth or above (including inorganic
contributions), as the slowdown caused by COVID-19 wanes and OEC's
client base resumes IT spending. EBITDA margins over the next 12
months are expected to decline slightly, within the 38%-40% range
(Moody's adjusted), as wage reductions and other cost saving
initiatives that were put in place in response to the COVID-19
shock roll off, offsetting the expansion from additional scale and
price increases. Debt/EBITDA will benefit from top line growth,
declining below 8x over the next 12-18 months, but we anticipate
incremental debt-funded transactions could keep leverage at higher
levels. Moody's expect the coronavirus impact will continue to wane
in 2021 and overall macroeconomic conditions will improve as
vaccination efforts are rolled out. However, the outlook and credit
rating could be pressured if the recovery does not materialize or
conditions deteriorate, leading to extended budget pressure among
OEC's client base.

The ratings for the individual debt instruments incorporate OEC's
overall probability of default, reflected in the B3-PD, and the
loss given default assessments for the individual instruments. The
pro forma first lien credit facilities, consisting of a $50 million
revolver expiring in 2024, a $530 million term loan maturing in
2026 and a $75 million delayed draw term loan (undrawn at closing),
are rated B2, one notch higher than the B3 Corporate Family Rating
("CFR"), with a loss given default assessment of LGD3. The B2 first
lien instrument rating reflects their relative size and senior
position ahead of the second lien term loan, that would drive a
higher recovery for first lien debt holders in the event of a
default. OEC's $185 million second lien term loan, due 2027, is
rated Caa2, two notches below the corporate family rating, with a
loss given default assessment of LGD5. The Caa2 second lien term
loan rating acknowledges its junior ranking as well as its relative
size within the capital structure. The revolver (only) includes a
8.0x springing maximum first lien net leverage covenant, applicable
when the revolver is at least 35% drawn. The term loans do not
include any financial covenants. Moody's expect OEC will stay in
compliance with the springing covenant if it were to draw on the
revolver, given the generous EBITDA add-backs and our current
outlook. Amortization on the first lien senior secured term loan
(including the delayed draw facility) is 1% annually.

Liquidity is adequate, with a cash balance of roughly $40 million
as of December 2020 and our expectation for positive free cash flow
to debt over the next 12-18 months. The undrawn $50 million
revolver provides additional liquidity. In the past, OEC has drawn
on the revolver to finance M&A, but has been able to fund internal
obligations with operating cash flow or cash on hand. The company's
software subscription SaaS business model with monthly billing
results in minimal working capital swings and low capex, which also
support liquidity. The new $75 million delayed draw term loan will
provide additional liquidity to fund acquisitions.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

The ratings could be upgraded (all metric Moody's adjusted) if 1)
Debt/EBITDA is expected to remain below 6.0x; 2) FCF/debt is
sustained above 5.0%; 3) OEC, which is private equity owned, can
demonstrate a track record of conservative financial policies; and
4) stronger than anticipated revenue enables OEC to build
meaningful scale.

OEC's ratings could be downgraded if the impact of the coronavirus
outbreak lasts longer than anticipated, reducing OEC's ability to
improve its credit metrics through growth and creating further
uncertainty. The ratings could also be downgraded (all metrics
Moody's adjusted) if 1) organic revenue growth is sustained at low
single-digit percentages or below, reflecting client losses or a
slowdown in dealer penetration and cross-selling initiatives; 2)
OEC undertakes a large leveraging transaction, or Moody's expects
debt/EBITDA will be sustained above 8.0x without a path to
deleveraging; 3) Moody's expects FCF/debt will be flat or negative;
or 4) liquidity deteriorates.

OEConnection provides cloud-based SaaS software solutions to
automotive dealers, OEMs and auto repair shops, that allow them to
efficiently identify, locate, and price original equipment parts
for the completion of repair services. As a result of the 2017
acquisition of Clifford Thames and Bluegrasscoms in 2018, OEC
expanded its presence into European markets and added electronic
parts catalogues and repair databases to its product suite. As of
the fiscal year ending December 2020, OEC reported $182 million in
revenue. In September 2019, private equity owner Genstar Capital
acquired a majority stake in the company.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Software Industry
published in August 2018.


ORGANON & CO: S&P Assigns 'BB' Rating on New Senior Secured Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to global pharmaceutical company Organon & Co.'s
proposed senior secured notes due 2028, which it will issue in two
tranches (a $2 billion tranche and a $1 billion euro-denominated
tranche). The '3' recovery rating indicates its expectation for
meaningful recovery (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 55%) in the event
of a payment default.

S&P said, "At the same time, we assigned our 'BB-' issue-level
rating and '5' recovery rating to the company's proposed $1.5
billion senior unsecured notes due 2031. The '5' recovery rating
indicates our expectation for modest recovery (10%-30%; rounded
estimate: 25%) in the event of a payment default.

"Our 'BB' long-term issuer credit rating and stable outlook on
Organon are unchanged."



PACIFIC DENTAL: Moody's Assigns B1 CFR on Same Store Sales Growth
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B1 Corporate Family Rating and
B1-PD Probability of Default Rating to Pacific Dental Services, LLC
("PDS"). Moody's also assigned a B1 rating to the company's
proposed first lien senior secured revolver and term loan B. The
rating outlook is stable.

Proceeds from the $600 million term loan B will be used to
refinance the company's existing debt and pay fees and expenses.
The company will maintain an accordion feature on the term loan,
the greater of $170 million and 100% of EBITDA, which can be used
to fund new office growth.

New Assignments:

Issuer: Pacific Dental Services, LLC

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned B1

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned B1-PD

Gtd. $250 million senior secured revolver expiring 2026, Assigned
B1 (LGD3)

Gtd. $600 million senior secured Term loan B due 2028, Assigned B1
(LGD3)

Outlook, Assigned stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B1 is constrained by PDS's history of negative free cash flow
after growth investments and moderate leverage of 4.1x as of FYE
2020. Moody's expects that PDS will continue to have negative free
cash flow in 2021 and 2022 given the company's rapid expansion,
which is predominantly through new office openings. Beyond 2022,
Moody's anticipates that PDS will begin to generate positive free
cash flow. PDS has added nearly 200 offices since 2017. PDS expects
to open another 50 new clinics in 2021 and 100 new clinics annually
thereafter. There is a risk of market oversaturation given the
rapid expansion plans of PDS and many of its competitors. The B1
also reflects moderate geographic concentration, with around 38% of
revenue generated in California, which would make PDS more
susceptible to a localized economic downturn or outbreak of the
coronavirus.

The rating is supported by PDS's strong track record of same store
sales growth and management of new dental office expansion. PDS has
strong dentist retention rates due to its dentist ownership model,
which aligns the interests of the dentists with PDS. Further, the
rating reflects PDS' good service diversity, with the majority of
practice revenue made up of hygiene and general dentistry. In
Moody's view, these characteristics make the company less
susceptible to an economic downturn than other more specialized
dentistry companies.

Moody's expects the company's liquidity to be good over the next
12-18 months given the company's access to a $250 million revolver
and $128 million in pro forma cash. However, given Moody's
expectation for negative free cash flow after growth investments
over the next 2 years the company will likely use much of the cash
from its balance sheet or will rely on its revolver. That said,
Moody's believes that some of the company's growth investments
could be reduced to conserve liquidity if necessary, as PDS had
done in 2020.

Moody's considers coronavirus to be a social risk given the risk to
human health and safety. Aside from coronavirus, PDS faces other
social risks such as the rising concerns around the access and
affordability of healthcare services. However, Moody's does not
consider dental practices to face the same level of social risk as
many other healthcare providers like hospitals.

From a governance perspective, the management team has a strong
track record of same office sales growth including over 20 years
average industry experience. The founder and owner of the company
serves as the CEO. While Moody's views this positively, it does
present key man risk. Further, PDS has a unique ownership
structure, where some dentists participate in practice ownership.
Moody's believes this helps to align economic incentives with the
dentists, but adds complexity to the organizational structure. Much
of PDS's cash flow is generated by management fees paid by their
dentists, repayment of loans from PDS to the dentists, and
distributions of profit. This creates an incentive for PDS to
continue to grow and add new offices. If the expansion strategy
becomes too aggressive, this may result in new offices
cannibalizing business from existing practices in a given market.

From a financial policy perspective, Moody's anticipates that the
company may pursue shareholder dividends. However, Moody's believes
the dividends would be commensurate with earnings growth such that
debt/EBITDA would not typically be maintained above 4.5x. While the
company is pursuing an aggressive growth strategy, the B1 reflects
Moody's view that the company will not pursue a dividend strategy
that would be as aggressive as a typical private equity owned
company, given PDS's unique governance structure.

The outlook is stable reflecting Moody's expectation that the
company will continue to generate positive same store sales growth
and will effectively manage its expansion strategy. The stable
outlook also reflects Moody's view that any shareholder dividend
would be within the confines of maintaining debt/EBITDA in the 3.5x
-- 4.5x range.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be downgraded if the company's liquidity and/or
operating performance deteriorates, or if the company fails to
effectively manage its rapid growth. Specifically, if the company
fails to maintain good liquidity (cash on hand and availability on
its revolver) to cover expected cash burn after growth investments
over a 12 to 18 month period, the ratings could be downgraded. The
ratings could also be downgraded if adjusted debt/EBITDA is
sustained over 4.5 times.

Ratings could be upgraded if PDS moderates its expansion strategy,
leading to sustained positive free cash flow while maintaining
solid organic growth. Additionally, debt/EBITDA sustained below 3.5
times could support an upgrade.

The proposed first lien term loan is expected to have no financial
maintenance covenants. The proposed revolving credit facility will
contain a maximum total net leverage ratio of 4.75x, which will
increase by 0.25x for the quarter in which any permitted
acquisition is consummated and the immediately succeeding fiscal
quarter. In addition, the first lien credit facility contains
incremental facility capacity up to the greater of $170 million and
100% LTM EBITDA, plus unlimited additional amounts up to 3.5x first
lien net leverage ratio (if pari passu secured), up to 4.5x secured
net leverage ratio (if junior secured), and up to 5.0x total net
leverage ratio if unsecured. Asset transfers to unrestricted
subsidiaries are permitted; there are no "blocker" provisions
contemplated. Only wholly owned domestic subsidiaries must provide
guarantees, raising the risk that guarantees may be released
following a partial change in ownership.

Pacific Dental Services, LLC ("PDS") provides management services
to affiliate dental practices. The company supports 816 offices
across 24 states and generated about $1.6 billion of revenue during
the last twelve months ended December 31, 2020. PDS has been owned
and led by its founder, Stephen Thorne, since 1994.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


PALM BEACH BRAIN: US Trustee Says Disclosures Insufficient
----------------------------------------------------------
The United States Trustee for Region 21 objects to the disclosure
statement and proposed plan filed by Palm Beach Brain and Spine,
LLC, and its affiliates.

The United States Trustee claims that Page 4 of the disclosure
statement mentions main creditors but fails to indicate whether
they are secured or unsecured creditors.  Furthermore, the
disclosure statement should provide more information regarding the
depth and breadth of LOP's that were double sold and explain what
this means.

The United States Trustee points out that the disclosure statement
should provide more information regarding the sale of MOSC
including the sales price and the amount of the proceeds paid to
parties from the sale.  The information should indicate whether the
stock or assets of MOSC was sold.

The United States Trustee asserts that the treatment of Northern
Trust in Class 4 provides that to the extent the assets of PBBS or
MAG cannot cover the administrative expenses of those estates, such
expenses would be paid from the MOSC estate.  The U.S. Trustee
questions whether this treatment is fair to the creditors of MOSC
whose claims may not receive recovery if funds are paid to other
estates' expenses.

The United States Trustee questions whether the cases should be
substantively consolidated at confirmation.  If not, the U.S.
Trustee raises the concern that creditors of one debtor's estate
will be unfairly paid from proceeds of another debtor.

The United States Trustee questions whether, based on the proposed
plan treatment, Class 5 claims will be paid within a reasonable
time to the fact that Class 6 claimants may receive Class 5
treatment.

The United States Trustee questions whether Class 7 is deemed to
reject the plan since equity will receive no distribution under the
plan.

The United States Trustee states that the disclosure statement
fails to contain sufficient information and projections relevant to
the creditors' decision to accept or reject the proposed plan.

A full-text copy of the United States Trustee's objection dated
April 1, 2021, is available at https://bit.ly/3fPTESk from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.  

                About Palm Beach Brain & Spine

Palm Beach Brain & Spine -- http://www.pbbsneuro.com/-- is a
medical practice providing neurosurgery, minimally invasive spine
surgery and treatment for cancer of the brain and spine.

Palm Beach Brain & Spine and two affiliates, Midtown Outpatient
Surgery Center, LLC and Midtown Anesthesia Group, LLC, filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Lead Case No. 19-20831) on Aug. 15, 2019.
Dr. Amos O. Dare, manager, signed the petitions.

In its petition, Palm Beach Brain disclosed $13,412,202 in assets
and $2,685,278 in liabilities.  Midtown Outpatient disclosed
$6,857,558 in assets and $2,920,846 in liabilities while Midtown
Anesthesia disclosed $5,081,861 in assets.

Dana L. Kaplan, Esq. and Craig I. Kelley, Esq., at Kelley Fulton &
Kaplan, P.L., are the Debtors' bankruptcy attorneys.  Eavenson
Fraser Lunsford & Ivan, PLLC serves as special counsel.

On Feb. 16, 2021, the Debtors filed their proposed Chapter 11 plan
and disclosure statement.


PALM BEACH: Fine-Tunes Plan Documents; MOSC Assets Sold for $1.5M
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Palm Beach Brain & Spine, LLC, ("PBBS") Midtown Outpatient Surgery
Center, LLC ("MOSC"), and Midtown Anesthesia Group, LLC ("MAG")
submitted a Joint Amended Disclosure Statement for the Chapter 11
Plan on April 4, 2021.

Echelon, Well States, Medfinance, Momentum Med-Link Capital, LLC;
and Medical Financial Group are unsecured creditors to the extent
that the receivables they purchased do not satisfy the amount each
creditor is owed.

In March 2020, the Debtors sold MOSC to a non-insider third party,
which proved to be a complex transaction. As the secured creditor,
the bulk of the net sale proceeds were used to pay down the
Northern Trust claim, although there still remains a deficiency
claim. The purchase price was $1,500,000.00. The MOSC assets that
were sold are as follows:

     * All of Seller's interest in the Lease, as amended, of the
Leased Premises;
   
     * All goodwill related to the facility where MOSC operated;

     * All of MOSC's interest in and right to transfer all
necessary medical licenses to conduct business as current Facility,
to the extent such Licenses are assignable to Purchaser, including
ACHA approval which the Parties acknowledge will be processed under
ACHA regulations as a post-closing;

     * All equipment, supplies, tools, fixtures, furniture, and all
other tangible personal property of Seller relating to the
Facility;

     * All Inventory held by MOSC as of the closing date.

The MOSC assets that were not sold are as follows:

     * All Accounts Receivable and Payment Intangibles (including
rights to letter of protection proceeds) of Seller;

     * The Corporate Records of Seller;

     * Any records relating to the Purchased Assets or the facility
that MOSC was required by Applicable Laws to retain in its
possession;

     * Any and all restricted and unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents (including all restricted cash held by or for the
benefit of the Seller or the Residents), cash accounts, including
cash accounts serving as collateral for secured debt, letters of
credit, insurance policies or programs, marketable securities and
certificates of deposit, etc

     * Any and all commercial tort claims, avoidance actions under
Chapter S of Title 11 the United States Code, and other chooses in
action existing in favor of Seller.

The General Unsecured Claims include all other allowed claims of
Unsecured Creditors of the Debtors, subject to any objections that
are filed and sustained by the Court. The general unsecured
creditors shall be paid on a pro rata basis from the collection and
liquidation of the Unsold Receivables. These cases shall not be
substantively consolidated. Each Debtor's unsecured creditors shall
only be paid from collection of that Debtor's receivables. The
dividend to this class shall not commence until the Administrative
claims and Classes 1-3 are paid in full.

The source for payments under the Plan shall be the cash proceeds
derived from the liquidation of the Debtors' collection of Unsold
Receivables for each Debtor and any other assets of the Debtor that
may be liquidated.

A full-text copy of the Joint Amended Disclosure Statement dated
April 4, 2021, is available at https://bit.ly/39X1HsK from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Attorneys for Debtors:

     KELLEY, FULTON & KAPLAN, P.L.
     Craig I. Kelley, Esquire
     Florida Bar No.: 782203
     1665 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.
     The Forum - Suite 1000
     West Palm Beach, Florida 33401
     Telephone: (561) 491-1200
     Facsimile: (561) 684-3773

               About Palm Beach Brain and Spine

Palm Beach Brain & Spine -- http://www.pbbsneuro.com/-- is a
medical practice providing neurosurgery, minimally invasive spine
surgery, and treatment for cancer of the brain and spine.

Palm Beach Brain & Spine and two affiliates, Midtown Outpatient
Surgery Center, LLC and Midtown Anesthesia Group, LLC, filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Lead Case No. 19-20831) on Aug. 15, 2019.

The petitions were signed by Dr. Amos O. Dare, manager. Palm Beach
Brain disclosed $13,412,202 in assets and $2,685,278 in
liabilities. Midtown Outpatient disclosed $6,857,558 in assets and
$2,920,846 in liabilities while Midtown Anesthesia listed
$5,081,861 in assets and under $50,000 in liabilities.

Judge Mindy A. Mora is the case judge. Dana L. Kaplan, Esq. and
Craig I. Kelley, Esq., at Kelley Fulton & Kaplan, P.L. are the
Debtors' counsel.


PAPER SOURCE: Auction of Substantially All Assets Set for May 7
---------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Keith L. Phillips of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Virginia authorized the bidding procedures
proposed by Paper Source, Inc., and debtor affiliates in connection
with the sale of substantially all assets to MidCap Funding
Investments XI LLC, subject to overbid.

The Stalking Horse Purchaser will acquire the Purchased Assets for,
among other things, a credit bid equal to (a) the full amount of
the obligations under the DIP Facility in the expected aggregate
principal amount of $16 million and (b) up to the full amount of
the obligations under the Prepetition First Lien Facility in the
aggregate principal of roughly $72.8 million as of the Petition
Date.

The salient terms of the Bidding Procedures are:

     a. Bid Deadline: May 3, 2021, at 5:00 p.m. (ET)

     b. Initial Bid: Any Qualified Bidder's initial Overbid and
each subsequent Overbid will be at least a $250,000 increase in
cash or cash equivalents, over the previous price.

     c. Deposit: 10% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the Bid

     d. Auction:  If the Debtors receive more than one Qualified
Bid, the Debtors will conduct the Auction to determine the
Successful Bidder.  The Auction will take place on May 7, 2021, at
10:00 a.m. (ET).  The Auction will take place (i) by
videoconference, or (ii) on such other date and/or at such other
location or by other virtual means as determined by the Debtors.

     e. Bid Increments: $250,000

     f. Sale Hearing: May 13, 2021, at 1:00 p.m. (ET)

     g. Closing: May 26, 2021

The Sale Notice is approved.  Within three business days following
entry of the Order, the Debtors will cause the Sale Notice to be
served upon the Notice Parties or as otherwise provided in an
applicable Case Management Order.  

Within three business days after entry of the Order, or as soon as
practicable thereafter, the Debtors will place a publication
version of the Sale Notice for one day in USA Today (National
Edition) and post it onto the Case Website.

The Notice of Successful Bidder is approved.  After the conclusion
of the Auction, and in no event later than May 10, 2021, the
Debtors will file on the docket, but not serve except with respect
to each counterparty to a Proposed Assumed Contract, the Notice of
Successful Bidder identifying the applicable Successful Bidder and
key terms of the agreement.

The Potential Assumption and Assignment Notice is approved and
fully incorporated into the Order.   

The Assumption and Assignment Procedures are approved.  Within 10
days after entry of the Bidding Procedures Order, the Debtors will
file with the Court, serve on the Notice Parties, and cause to be
published on the Case Website, the Potential Assumption and
Assignment Notice.  The Cure Objections Deadline is 5:00 p.m. (ET)
on the date that is 14 days following service of the Potential
Assumption and Assignment Notice.  The Debtors will file with the
Court and cause to be published on the Case Website, the Potential
Assumption and Assignment Notice within 10 days after the entry of
the Order.

The Debtors are authorized to establish an escrow account (or
accounts) to accept Deposits from Qualified Bidders and may pay any
reasonable fees related to such account.  Any Deposits made by
Qualified Bidders into the escrow account (or accounts) will not be
property of the Debtors.

The requirement under Local Bankruptcy Rule 9013-1(b) to file a
memorandum of law in connection with the Motion is waived.

Notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rule 6004(h), the terms and conditions
of the Order will be immediately effective and enforceable upon its
entry.

A copy of the Bidding Procedures is available at
https://tinyurl.com/utj7tc9s from PacerMonitor.com free of charge.

                        About Paper Source

Paper Source, Inc., operates as lifestyle brand and retailer of
premium paper products, crafting supplies and related gifts,
including custom invitations, greeting cards and personalized
stationery and stamps.  It sells fine and artisanal papers,
wedding
paper goods, books and gift wrap through its 158 domestic stores
and its e-commerce website.  The Company's administrative
headquarters is in Chicago.

Paper Source, Inc., and Pine Holdings, Inc., sought Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. E.D. Va. Case No. 21-30660) on March 2, 2021.

Paper Source estimated assets and debt of $100 million to $500
million as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Hon. Keith L. Phillips is the case judge.

The Debtors tapped WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER LLP as bankruptcy
counsel; WHITEFORD TAYLOR & PRESTON LLP as bankruptcy co-counsel;
M-III ADVISORY, LP as restructuring advisor; and SSG CAPITAL
ADVISORS, LLC, as investment banker.  A&G REAL ESTATE PARTNERS is
the real estate advisor.  EPIQ CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING, LLC, is
the
claims agent.



PG&E CO: Has 33 Charges Related to 2019 Sonoma County Wildfire
--------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that Pacific Gas and Electric Co.(PG&E CO.) was hit
with five felony charges and 28 misdemeanor charges in California
state court for allegedly causing the 2019 Kincade Fire, which
burned about 78,000 acres and destroyed 174 homes, the Sonoma
County district attorney announced Tuesday, April 6, 2021.

Jill Ravitch said that PG&E "recklessly" started the October 2019
fire, citing a California Department of Forestry and Fire
Protection investigation that concluded that it was caused by a
jumper cable on a PG&E transmission tower that broke in high winds,
fell and then arced against the tower. The arcing caused "molten
material" to fall into the vegetation around.

                          About PG&E Corp.

PG&E Corporation (NYSE: PCG) -- http://www.pgecorp.com/-- is a
Fortune 200 energy-based holding company, headquartered in San
Francisco.  It is the parent company of Pacific Gas and Electric
Company, an energy company that serves 16 million Californians
across a 70,000-square-mile service area in Northern and Central
California.

As of Sept. 30, 2018, the Debtors, on a consolidated basis, had
reported $71.4 billion in assets on a book value basis and $51.7
billion in liabilities on a book value basis.

PG&E Corp. and Pacific Gas employ approximately 24,000 regular
employees, approximately 20 of whom are employed by PG&E Corp. Of
Pacific Gas' regular employees, approximately 15,000 are covered by
collective bargaining agreements with local chapters of three labor
unions: (i) the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers;
(ii) the Engineers and Scientists of California; and (iii) the
Service Employees International Union.

On Jan. 29, 2019, PG&E Corp. and its primary operating subsidiary,
Pacific Gas and Electric Company, filed voluntary Chapter 11
petitions (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Lead Case No. 19-30088).

PG&E Corporation and its regulated utility subsidiary, Pacific Gas
and Electric Company, said they are facing extraordinary challenges
relating to a series of catastrophic wildfires that occurred in
Northern California in 2017 and 2018.  The utility said it faces an
estimated $30 billion in potential liability damages from
California's deadliest wildfires of 2017 and 2018.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP and Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP are
serving as PG&E's legal counsel, Lazard is serving as its
investment banker and AlixPartners, LLP is serving as the
restructuring advisor to PG&E. Prime Clerk LLC is the claims and
noticing agent.

In order to help support the Company through the reorganization
process, PG&E has appointed James A. Mesterharm, a managing
director at AlixPartners, LLP, and an authorized representative of
AP Services, LLC, to serve as Chief Restructuring Officer.  In
addition, PG&E appointed John Boken also a Managing Director at
AlixPartners and an authorized representative of APS, to serve as
Deputy Chief Restructuring Officer.  Mr. Mesterharm, Mr. Boken and
their colleagues at AlixPartners will continue to assist PG&E with
the reorganization process and related activities.  Morrison &
Foerster LLP, as special regulatory counsel.  Munger Tolles & Olson
LLP is special counsel.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed an official committee of
creditors on Feb. 12, 2019. The Committee retained Milbank LLP as
counsel; FTI Consulting, Inc., as financial advisor; Centerview
Partners LLC as investment banker; and Epiq Corporate
Restructuring, LLC as claims and noticing agent.

On Feb. 15, 2019, the U.S. trustee appointed an official committee
of tort claimants. The tort claimants' committee is represented by
Baker & Hostetler LLP.

PG&E Corporation and Pacific Gas and Electric Company announced
July 1, 2020, that PG&E has emerged from Chapter 11, successfully
completing its restructuring process and implementing PG&E's Plan
of Reorganization that was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on
June 20, 2020.


PHUNWARE INC: Signs $25 Million Sales Agreement With B. Riley
-------------------------------------------------------------
Phunware, Inc. entered into an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement
with B. Riley Securities, Inc., pursuant to which it may offer and
sell, from time to time, shares of its common stock, par value
$0.0001 per share, through or to B. Riley, as agent or principal.

Sales of shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement will be
made pursuant to the Company's registration statement on Form S-3,
as amended (File No. 333-252694), which was declared effective by
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Feb. 11, 2021, and a
related Prospectus Supplement filed with the SEC on April 7, 2021,
for an aggregate offering price of up to $25,000,000.

The Company is not obligated to sell any shares of common stock
under the Sales Agreement.  Each time the Company wishes to issue
and sell shares of common stock under the Sales Agreement, the
Company will notify B. Riley of the number of shares to be issued,
the dates on which such sales are anticipated to be made, any
limitation on the number of shares to be sold in any one day and
any minimum price below which sales may not be made.  Once the
Company has so instructed B. Riley, unless B. Riley declines to
accept the terms of such notice, B. Riley has agreed to use its
commercially reasonable efforts consistent with its normal trading
and sales practices and applicable state and federal laws, rules
and regulations and the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC to
sell such shares up to the amount specified on such terms.

Under the terms of the Sales Agreement, B. Riley may sell shares by
any method that is deemed to be an "at the market offering" as
defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.  B. Riley's obligations to sell shares under the Sales
Agreement are subject to satisfaction of certain conditions,
including customary closing conditions for transactions of this
nature.  The Company will pay B. Riley a commission of 3.0% of the
gross proceeds of the sale price per share for shares of our common
stock sold through or to B. Riley pursuant to the Sales Agreement.
The Company has agreed to provide B. Riley with customary
indemnification and contribution rights and to reimburse B. Riley
for certain specified expenses.

The offering of shares of common stock pursuant to the Sales
Agreement will terminate upon the earlier of (i) the sale of all
shares of common stock subject to the Sales Agreement and (ii) the
termination of the Sales Agreement as permitted therein.  The
Company and B. Riley may each terminate the Sales Agreement at any
time upon five days' prior written notice.

            Satisfies Obligations Under Convertible Note

As previously reported on the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
filed with the SEC on March 31, 2021, on March 25, 2021, the
Company delivered to the holder of its Series B Senior Convertible
Note issued July 15, 2020 a Company Optional Redemption Notice (as
defined in the Series B Convertible Note) exercising its right to
redeem and fully satisfy all obligations under the Series B
Convertible Note on April 5, 2021.  On April 5, 2021, the Company
paid to the noteholder aggregate cash proceeds of approximately
$13.9 million to satisfy all obligations under the Series B
Convertible Note.

                           About Phunware

Headquartered in Austin, Texas, Phunware, Inc. --
http://www.phunware.com-- is a Multiscreen-as-a-Service (MaaS)
company, a fully integrated enterprise cloud platform for mobile
that provides companies the products, solutions, data and services
necessary to engage, manage and monetize their mobile application
portfolios and audiences globally at scale.

Phunware reported a net loss of $22.20 million for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $12.87 million for the
year ended Dec. 31, 2019.  As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had
$31.84 million in total assets, $33.81 million in total
liabilities, and a total stockholders' deficit of $1.98 million.


S & A RETAIL: Gets OK to Hire Omni Agent Solutions as Claims Agent
------------------------------------------------------------------
S & A Retail, Inc. and S & A Distribution, Inc. received approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New
York to hire Omni Agent Solutions as claims and noticing agent.

The firm will oversee the distribution of notices and will assist
in the maintenance, processing and docketing of proofs of claim
filed in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases.

The standard hourly rates of Omni's professionals are:

     Analyst                                 $35 - $50
     Consultants                             $65 - $160
     Senior Consultants                     $165 - $200
     Solicitation and Securities Services   $205
     Technology/Programming                  $85 - $135

Paul Deutch, Esq., executive vice president of Omni, disclosed in a
court filing that his firm is a "disinterested person" as that term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Paul Deutch, Esq.
     Omni Agent Solutions
     1120 Avenue of the Americas, 4th Floor
     New York, NY 10036
     Tel. 212-302-3580 Ext 190
     Fax. 212-302-3820
     Email: paul@omniagnt.com

                      About S & A Retail

S & A Retail, Inc. and S & A Distribution, Inc. sell Geox branded
footwear and apparel through wholesale and ecommerce distribution
channels.  They operate two retail stores in New York and Florida.

S & A Retail and S & A Distribution filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y.
Lead Case No. 21-22174) on March 26, 2021.  Bridgette Nally,
secretary, signed the petitions.  At the time of the filing, S & A
Retail had between $100,000 and $500,000 in assets and between $1
million and $10 million in liabilities.  

Judge Robert D. Drain oversees the cases.

The Debtor tapped Cohen, LLP as its legal counsel and Omni Agent
Solutions as its claims and noticing agent.


SCIH SALT: Moody's Gives B3 Rating on New $900MM Term Loan B
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B3 rating to SCIH Salt
Holdings Inc.'s proposed $900 million incremental 1st lien term
loan B and $1.1 billion senior secured notes and a Caa2 rating to
the proposed $700 million senior unsecured notes. At the same time,
Moody's affirmed the B3 Corporate Family Rating, B3-PD probability
of default rating and the B3 rating of the existing $900 million
1st lien term loan. The ratings outlook remains stable.

Proceeds from the incremental term loan and the notes issuance
along with $993 million in new cash from Stone Canyon (parent) and
MCD, a management affiliate, will be used to fund the acquisition
of K+S Aktiengesellschaft's Americas salt business ("Morton Salt"),
retire the $200 million 2nd lien term loan, pay for the related
transaction fees and expenses and add cash to the balance sheet.

"The affirmation of the B3 CFR reflects Moody's views that while
the $3.2 billion acquisition of Morton Salt is a leveraging event
for SCIH Salt, the resulting increase in scale, expected cost
synergies and earnings growth will enable the company to generate
meaningful free cash flow that will be used for debt repayment and
reduce leverage to levels more commensurate with a B3 rating in the
next 12-24 months," said Botir Sharipov, Vice President and lead
analyst for SCIH Salt.

Assignments:

Issuer: SCIH Salt Holdings Inc.

Senior Secured Term Loan, Assigned B3 (LGD3)

Senior Secured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B3 (LGD3)

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Caa2 (LGD6)

Affirmations:

Issuer: SCIH Salt Holdings Inc.

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed B3-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed B3

Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility, Affirmed B3 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: SCIH Salt Holdings Inc.

Outlook, Remains Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

SCIH Salt's B3 CFR reflects the company's increased scale, greater
geographic reach and improved operational and end-market
diversification, yet constrained by high leverage and still
relatively limited product diversity. The rating also factors in
the significantly lower but still meaningful reliance on
weather-dependent revenues which are expected to make up about 44%
of the total revenues (down from more than 75%) on a proforma
basis. Considering the variability in deicing salt volumes and
contract pricing, Moody's expects that the evaporated and solar
salt products sold to more stable industrial and consumer
end-markets will, on average, account for 50-55% of the company's
revenues, which will mitigate the volatility in earnings and credit
metrics caused by mild winters in the Great Lakes, Great Plains,
Midwest and East Coast regions. This risk is further moderated by
the company's de-icing operations in Western Canada where winters
are typically longer and colder, ensuring a more stable base level
of demand.

The addition of Morton Salt business, comprised of Morton Salt
(USA), K+S Windsor Salt (Canada) and Lobos (K+S Chile) will
significantly increase SCIH Salt's size, improve its product mix,
consolidate relationships with existing customers and broaden its
customer base. Although, as required by regulators, the company
will have to divest its existing US Salt evaporated salt business
within approximately 120 days after the closing of the transaction,
SCIH Salt will, nevertheless, become the largest salt company in
the world outside of China with 12 salt mines, 8 evaporation
plants, 4 solar salt plants, 15 processing plants and 130 storage
facilities located in the US, Canada and Chile. This geographic
reach and the total capacity of 29 million tons of bulk, specialty
and evaporated salt products position the company well to service
both the coastal and inland markets in North and South America.
Assuming average winter, Moody's estimates that the company will be
able to generate annual revenues in excess of $2 billion.

SCIH Salt has strong long-term relationships with the diversified
group of government and commercial deicing salt customers, large
retail, home improvement and industrial companies and is expected
to hold leading positions in every salt consuming end-market it
serves, including culinary, food processing, industrial,
pharmaceutical and chemical industries. The company also plans to
leverage Morton, Windsor and Lobos brand awareness and strong
customer loyalty to capture the changing market demands for more
premium specialty salts.

Morton Salt's EBITDA margins averaged about 15% in 2018-2020,
significantly lower than the EBITDA margins of SCIH Salt, Compass
Minerals and American Rock Salt. The management team of SCIH Salt
identified $190 million in SG&A, operating, processing, procurement
and other cost savings the company believes could be achieved in
the first full 2 years and along with additional $73 million of
incremental annual cost savings, sustained over the long term.
While the disparity in operating margins between Morton Salt and
other producers suggests that there is a significant opportunity to
reduce costs, improve productivity and efficiency, rationalize
SKUs, Moody's believes that given the scale and breadth of Morton
Salt's operations, the size and the high degree of the labor force
unionization, SCIH Salt could face challenges during the
implementation of the planned cost-cutting initiatives, which could
extend beyond the initial 2-year target period and lead to a
protracted integration of the new business.

Morton Salt generated $212 million in adjusted EBITDA (as reported
by K+S AG for the Americas unit) in the year ended December 31,
2020, while SCIH Salt generated Moody's-adjusted EBITDA of about
$128 million during the same period. Excluding the US Salt's
estimated LTM EBITDA of about $40m and factoring in the increased
acquisition-related borrowings and Morton Salt's lease liabilities,
we estimate SCIH Salt's LTM December 2020 proforma EBITDA of about
$300 million and Moody-adjusted leverage of 10.9x. While starting
proforma leverage is high for the rating, Moody's believes that
Morton Salt's and SCIH Salt's stand-alone EBITDA reflect the
near-trough LTM earnings given the mild 2019-2020 winter,
competitive 2020 bid season that led to double-digit declines in
bid volumes and contract prices in certain states, and the
below-average winter conditions in October-December 2020 (start of
the 2020-2021 winter season). Strong winter activity in February in
many of the markets served by the company is likely to lead to a
drawdown in government and commercial customer inventories and
result in the rebound in shipped volumes and revenues during the
March quarter and a more successful 2021 bid season.

Assuming average 2021-2022 winter conditions, moderate volume and
pricing increases during the upcoming bid season and factoring in
about $100 million in savings from synergies and cost cutting
measures, Moody's expects SCIH Salt's EBITDA to grow to about
$425-450 million in FY2022 (September year-end). The EBITDA growth
along with the increased free cash flow that is expected to be used
for debt repayment should reduce Moody's adjusted Debt/EBITDA to
low-mid 7 times. Over the longer-term, Moody's expects the leverage
to range between 4 times and 8 times depending on winter
conditions, M&A activity and the company's initiatives to increase
exposure to higher-margin consumer end-markets.

The stable rating outlook reflects expectations that the company
will successfully integrate Morton Salt and achieve a significant
portion of the targeted synergies and costs savings, leading to a
substantial growth in earnings. The stable outlook assumes that the
majority of the projected free cash flow will be applied to debt
repayment and Moody's adjusted leverage will trend down to lower 7x
over the next 12-18 months. The stable outlook also assumes that
the company will continue to generate free cash flow through mild
winters.

By the nature of its business, i.e. deriving a considerable portion
of its revenues from the underground mining of rock salt deposits,
SCIH Salt faces a number of ESG risks typical for a company in the
mining industry, including compliance with stringent health, safety
and environmental regulations. However, the ESG risks for the
company are generally lower than those of base and precious metals
producers because salt mining is considered less hazardous and
requires less processing (crushing and grinding). That said, the
company needs to maintain good social relationships with the
communities surrounding its rock salt, evaporated and solar
operations. While environmental risks are moderate, social and
governance risk are above average given the high degree of
workforce unionization, elevated leverage and the company's private
ownership.

SCIH Salt will have adequate liquidity supported by over $200
million in cash on hand and $400 million revolving credit facility
undrawn at close. A substantial portion of this cash is expected to
be spent on cost-saving initiatives and capex investments aimed at
expanding operating margins and improving cash flow generation on a
sustained basis. The company's liquidity position and expected
positive free cash flow should comfortably support its first lien
term loan annual amortization payments of $18 million and provide
cash for incremental debt repayment. Moody's expects significant
quarterly cash flow variation due to the seasonality of the salt
business and expects the company to generally rely on the RCF to
fund the inventory build-up before collecting significant cash in
the first calendar quarter of the year.

The first-lien senior secured credit facilities comprised of the
$400 million first lien senior secured revolving credit facility
that expires in 2025, the $1.8 billion first lien senior secured
term loan due in 2027 and senior secured notes maturing in 2028 are
rated B3, in line with the B3 CFR, reflecting the preponderance of
the first lien debt in the capital structure. First lien facilities
are secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and
guarantors (domestic subsidiaries), 65% stock pledge of the
Canadian subsidiaries that generate about 30% of the revenues and
will have a negative pledge restricting their ability to incur debt
and liens subject to certain carveouts. The first lien term loan
contains no financial covenants and has an excess cash flow sweep
of 50%, stepping down to 25% and 0% if the first lien net leverage
ratio is less or equal to 4.41x and 3.91x, respectively. The
revolving credit facility has a springing first lien net leverage
covenant of 7.17x when the revolver is drawn at 35%. The Caa2
rating of the new senior unsecured notes reflects their lower
priority position in the capital structure and their effective
subordination to the secured debt. The notes will be guaranteed on
a senior unsecured basis by substantially all of the assets of the
borrower and guarantors (domestic subsidiaries). The guarantors (US
entities) accounted for 61% of combined SCIH Salt's and Morton
Salt's LTM September 30, 2020 revenues and 55% of total assets.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Moody's would consider an upgrade if the company pays down debt so
that in mild (trough) winter conditions leverage does not exceed
5.5x, retained cash flow to debt (RCF/Debt) is sustained above 10%,
and the company maintains good liquidity and a conservative
financial policy including no large debt-financed acquisitions and
no significant dividend payments to the owners.

Moody's could downgrade the ratings if the leverage remains
elevated and does not trend down to low 7x over the next 12-18
months. The downgrade would also be considered if in mild (trough)
winter conditions leverage is expected to exceed 8x and interest
coverage to fall below 1.25x. Moody's could also downgrade the
ratings if liquidity deteriorates, the company undertakes another
large debt-financed acquisition or makes a significant distribution
that will constrain its ability to maintain a credit profile
appropriate for the B3 rating through mild winters.

Headquartered in Overland Park, Kansas, SCIH Salt Holdings Inc.
operates 12 salt mines, 8 evaporation plants, 4 solar salt plants,
15 processing plants and 130 facilities located in the US, Canada
and Chile. The company is the largest salt producer of salt in the
world ex. China providing de-icing, consumer and industrial salt
products to a diverse group of customers. The company is owned by
Stone Canyon Industries Holdings LLC, global industrial holding
company with shareholders comprised of family offices, pensions and
sovereign wealth funds. SCIH Salt Holdings Inc. generated about
$301 million in gross revenues during the LTM ended December 31,
2020 and about $1.75 billion on a pro-forma basis.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemical
Industry published in March 2019.


SERENDIPITY LABS: Unsecureds Will Recover 100% of Their Claims
--------------------------------------------------------------
Serendipity Labs, Inc., submitted a First Amended Disclosure
Statement for its Chapter 11 pLan of Reorganization.

The Debtor received the full DIP Financing Facility in a single
advance on or about Dec. 4, 2020.  The balance due on the DIP
Financing Facility is approximately $1,100,000, including principal
and interest.  Under the Plan, 100% of the outstanding balance of
the DIP Facility will be converted into equity in the Reorganized
Debtor on the Effective Date.

The Exit Investment is comprised of approximately $9,500,000 of
committed new cash(excluding the DIP Financing Facility), and
$2,699,228 of committed reinvestments of distributions due to
Holders of Hall Facility Claims and November 2019 Noteholder
Claims, for a total of not less than approximately $12,200,000.

Under the Plan, Class 3 General Unsecured Claims totaling
$3,695,000 will recover 100% of their claims.  Each Holder of a
General Unsecured Claim shall receive cash, plus interest accruing
at the Federal Post-Judgment Rate from the Petition Date through
the date of payment, to be made on the earlier of the Effective
Date or the date upon which such General Unsecured Claim becomes
Allowed.  Class 3 is unimpaired.

Holders of Class 6 Interests will retain their interests upon the
Effective Date. Class 6 is impaired.

The Debtor's cash flows are derived from a variety of different
sources. First, the Debtor receives distributions from its
non-debtor affiliates, SLFI and SLM, as those entities realize
profits from their franchise and management activities,
respectively. Second, the Debtor receives distributions that
originate from its non-debtor operating affiliates as those
entities realize profits from operations at their respective
locations. Third, the Debtor provides technology platform services
and support to all Serendipity Labs brand locations.  The Debtor
also has direct contracts with major corporate customers to
centrally manage payment and service agreements for use of the
entire network of Serendipity Labs locations.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Lee B. Hart
     Joshua H. Stein
     NELSON MULLINS RILEY & SCARBOROUGH LLP
     201 17th Street, NW, Suite 1700
     Atlanta, Georgia 30363
     Tel: (404) 322-6000
     Fax: (404) 322-6050
     E-mail: lee.hart@nelsonmullins.com
             josh.stein@nelsonmullins.com

A copy of the First Amended Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/2OwAAxo from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Serendipity Labs

Serendipity Labs, Inc., is a workplace-as-a-service company that
offers co-working, shared offices and team suites.  It has over 35
locations in urban, suburban, and secondary markets across the
United States.

Serendipity Labs filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No.
20-68124) on July 15, 2020.  John Arenas, chairman and CEO, signed
the petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor estimated $10
million to $50 million in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities.  Judge Sage M. Sigler oversees the case.  Nelson
Mullins Riley & Scarborough, LLP is the Debtor's legal counsel.


SERTA SIMMONS: S&P Lowers ICR to 'CC' on Announced Tender Offer
---------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on U.S.-based
Serta Simmons Bedding LLC to 'CC' from 'CCC+'. S&P lowered its
issue-level rating on the $127 million (outstanding as of Dec. 26,
2020)second-lien term loan due 2024 to 'C' from 'CCC-'. S&P's '6'
recovery rating is unchanged.

S&P placed the 'CCC-' rating on the $884 million (outstanding as of
Dec. 26, 2020) first-lien term loan due in 2023, the 'B+' rating on
the $200 million first-out super-priority term loan due in 2023,
and the 'B' rating on the $851 million second-out super priority
debt due in 2023 on CreditWatch with negative implications, meaning
it could lower or affirm the ratings following its review. The
recovery ratings remain '6', '1+', and '1', respectively.

The downgrade reflects Serta Simmons' announcement that it will
repurchase up to $76 million of second-lien debt. S&P views this
proposed tender offer as a distressed restructuring because the
capital structure is unsustainable and the company is paying well
below par value for the debt. Serta Simmons is attempting to
repurchase the entirety of the approximately $90 million remaining
par second-lien tranche. Following the completion of the tender
offer for the second lien debt, the company may use remaining
proceeds leftover from the $76 million to repurchase first lien
debt. The total repurchase amount is capped at $100 million by the
credit agreement. The company previously repurchased $24 million of
debt in the first quarter of 2021, which S&P did not view as a
distressed repurchase because it was de minimis.

Serta Simmons' operating performance remains weak and the capital
structure remains unsustainable. S&P estimates adjusted leverage of
about 14.6x for the fiscal year ended Dec. 31, 2020. The company
has lost market share as competitors gained distribution over the
past several years and supply shortages constrained sales.
Additionally, Serta's high interest expense and rising commodity
costs crimped operating cash flow that the company could reinvest
into the business. Longer term, S&P believes it will continue to
pursue debt restructuring opportunities to reduce excess interest
expense.

S&P said, "The negative outlook reflects the likelihood we will
lower our issuer credit rating on Serta Simmons to 'SD' and our
issue-level rating on its second-lien term loan to 'D' after
completion of the proposed tender offer. We will then reevaluate
all our ratings on Serta Simmons and resolve the CreditWatch on the
first-lien and priority debt ratings."


SERTA SIMMONS: Seeks Investors as It Intends to Put Old Debt to Bed
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Jack Pitcher of Bloomberg News reports that troubled mattress maker
Serta Simmons Bedding may be on the brink of default, less than a
year after it completed a contentious debt restructuring.

The company is asking investors to take a haircut on its
approximately $90 million of outstanding second-lien debt, offering
60 cents on the dollar in a tender offer that expires April 16,
2021.

S&P Global Ratings views the offer as a "selective default" and
downgraded Serta Simmons to CC with a negative outlook on Monday,
April 5. 2021.

"Serta Simmons' operating performance remains weak and the capital
structure remains unsustainable," S&P wrote in its downgrade note.


                     About Serta Simmons Bedding

Serta Simmons Bedding, LLC, is the parent company of Serta
International Holdco, LLC, and Simmons Bedding Company, LLC.  Both
Serta and Simmons manufacture, distribute and sell mattresses,
foundations, and other related bedding products.  The company's
brand names include Serta, Beautyrest, Tuft & Needle and Simmons.
The company is majority-owned Advent International and generates
about $2.2 billion in annual revenue.


SIRINE LLC: All Creditors Unimpaired in Reorganization Plan
-----------------------------------------------------------
Sirine LLC submitted a Second Amended Plan of Reorganization.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay creditors of Sirine,
LLC from cash flow from operations, or future income.

Non-priority unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will
receive distributions which the proponent of this plan has valued
approximately 100 cents on the dollar. All creditors are
unimpaired.

A copy of the Second Amended Plan of Reorganization is available at
https://bit.ly/31W1Fgx from PacerMonitor.com.

                       About Sirine LLC

Sirine LLC, a Mobile, Ala.-based gas station, sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Ala. Case No.
20-11952) on Aug. 6, 2020.

At the time of the filing, the Debtor estimated assets of up to
$50,000 and liabilities of between $50,001 and $100,000.

Barry A Friedman & Associates, PC, is the Debtor's legal counsel.


STEWART SUPERMARKET: Taps Atkinson Law Associates as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Stewart Supermarket, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the District of Nevada to hire Atkinson Law Associates
Ltd. as its bankruptcy counsel.

The Debtor needs the firm's legal assistance to orderly liquidate
its assets, reorganize the claims of the estate, and determine the
validity of claims asserted against the estate.

Atkinson Law Associates will be paid at these rates:

        Attorneys         $550 per hour
        Paralegals        $180 per hour

Atkinson Law Associates will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.  The firm received a $11,717 security retainer.

Robert Atkinson, Esq., a partner at Atkinson Law Associates,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

Atkinson Law Associates can be reached at:

     Robert Atkinson, Esq.
     Atkinson Law Associates Ltd.
     8965 S Eastern Ave, Suite 260
     Las Vegas, NV 89123
     Tel: (702) 614-0600
     Fax: (702) 614-0647
     Email: robert@nv-lawfirm.com

                     About Stewart Supermarket

Stewart Supermarket, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Nev. Case No.
21-11508) on March 26, 2021.  Maher Al-Sayegh, manager, signed the
petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed $115,944
in assets and $2,367,682 in liabilities.  Robert E. Atkinson, Esq.,
at Atkinson Law Associates Ltd., represents the Debtor as counsel.


STONEWAY CAPITAL: Case Summary & 24 Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Stoneway Capital Ltd.
             80 Main Street
             P.O. Box 3200
             Road Town, VG1110, British Virgin Islands

Business Description: The Debtors are holding companies that do
                      not directly carry on material business
                      operations (except for SCC, which leases
                      turbines to the Argentine Operating
                      Subsidiaries), other than maintaining their
                      ownership interests in their non-Debtor
                      operating subsidiaries: Araucaria Power
                      Generation SA, Araucaria Energy SA, SPI
                      Energy SA and Araucaria Generation SA.
                      The principal business of the Argentine
                      Operating Subsidiaries is the construction,
                      ownership and operation of four power-
                      generating plants in Argentina that provide
                      electricity to the wholesale electricity
                      market in Argentina.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 7, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of New York

Six affiliates that concurrently filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                       Case No.
    ------                                       --------
    Stoneway Capital Ltd. (Lead Case)            21-10646
    Stoneway Capital Corporation                 21-10647
    Stoneway Energy International LP             21-10648
    Stoneway Energy LP                           21-10649
    Stoneway Group LP                            21-10650
    Stoneway Power Generation Inc.               21-10651

Judge: Hon. James L. Garrity, Jr.

Debtors' Counsel: Fredric Sosnick, Esq.
                  Ned S. Schodek, Esq.
                  Jordan A. Wishnew, Esq.
                  SHEARMAN & STERLING LLP         
                  599 Lexington Avenue
                  New York, NY 10022
                  Tel: (212) 848-4000
                  Email: fsosnick@shearman.com
                         ned.schodek@shearman.com
                         jordan.wishnew@shearman.com
Debtors'
Claims &
Noticing
Agent:            PRIME CLERK LLC
                 
https://cases.primeclerk.com/StonewayCapital/Home-Index
Estimated Assets
(on a consolidated basis): $500 million to $1 billion

Estimated Liabilities
(on a consolidated basis): $1 billion to $10 billion

The petitions were signed by David Mack, director.

A copy of Stoneway Capital Ltd.'s petition is available for free
at PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KS6C5SQ/Stoneway_Capital_Ltd__nysbke-21-10646__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 24 Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                          Nature of Claim    Claim Amount
   ------                          ---------------    ------------
1. Siemens Energy Inc.            Litigation Claim     $22,523,011
4400 Alafaya Trail
Orlando, FL 32826-2399
Tel: 407-736-7075
Paula Gonzalez
Email: paulargonzalez@siemens.com

2. DF / Mompresa, S.A.U.          Litigation Claim      $4,480,653
Parque Cientifico Tecnologico
Ada Byron, 90
33203 Gijon, Asturias (Spain)
Tel: +34 985 1991 16
Ignacio Rodriguez
Email: direccion.juridica@durofelguera.com

3. Siemens Energy AB              Litigation Claim      $1,735,208
Slottsvagen 2-6
612 83 Finspang, Sweden
Peter Hjelm
Email: peter.hjelm@siemens.com

4. Gramercy Energy Secured            Unsecured         $1,116,017
Holdings II LLC                       Note Claims
c/o Gramercy Funds Management LLC
20 Dayton Avenue
Greenwich, CT 06830
Tel: 203-552-1943
Attn: Tomas Serantes; Marc Zelina
Email: tserantes@gramercy.com;
mzelina@gramercy.com

5. Simpson Thacher &               Legal Services         $151,489
Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Tel: 212-455-2664
Todd Crider
Email: tcrider@stblaw.com

6. Gemcorp Fund I Limited          Unsecured Note         $122,989
c/o Gemcorp Capital LLP                Claim
1 New Burlington Place
London, W1S 2HR
United Kingdom
Attn: General Counse/Operations
Email: generalcounsel@gemcorp.net;
ops@gemcorp.net

7. Gemcorp Multi Strategy Master   Unsecured Note          $47,489
Fund SICAV SCS                         Claim
c/o Gemcorp Capital LLP
1 New Burlington Place
London, W1S 2HR
United Kingdom
Attn: General Counsel/Operations
Email: generalcounsel@gemcorp.net;
ops@gemcorp.net

8. Araucaria Capital S.A.          Administrative          $45,790
Av. del Libertador 498,               Services
15th Floor
Buenos Aires, Argentina
Tel: 54-11-5252-0303
Attn: President or General Counsel
Email: info@araucariaenergy.com

9. Sargent & Lundy LLC              Engineering            $28,000
55 East Monroe Street                 Services
Chicago, IL 60603
Tel: 312-269-9675
Terrence P. Coyne
Email: terrence.p.coyne@sargentlundy.com

10. SS&C Intralinks                 Virtual Data           $27,310
685 Third Ave, 9th Floor            Room Hosting
New York, NY 10017                    Services
Tel: 212-342-7676
Susie Xiao
Email: sxiao@intralinks.com

11. Vista South America Inc.        Travel Agent           $25,000
12405 NE 6th Avenue                   Services
North Miami, FL 33161
Tel: 305-266-3029
Attn: Ariel Wainer

12. Maples and Calder BV           Legal Services          $21,308
Sea Meadow House
PO Box 173
Road Town VG1110
British Virgin Islands
Tel: 284-852-3000
Chloe Harris
Email: chloe.harris@maples.com

13. Aldebaran Group Ltd.              Financial            $19,719
12 Gough Square, 3rd Floor           Consultant
London, EC4A 3DW                      Services
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 7392 742245
Attn: Jacques Marie Blehaut

14. Epiq Corporate                    Consultant           $19,213
Restructuring LLC                      Services
777 Third Avenue, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Tel: 312-560-6333
Attn: Brad Tuttle, Senior Managing Director
Email: btuttle@epiqglobal.com

15. Baker & McKenzie LLP           Legal Services          $16,618
452 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10018
Tel: 212-626-4100
Clyde Rankin, III
Email: clyde.rankin@bakermckenzie.com

16. WD Capital Markets Inc.           Financial            $11,419
Wildeboer Dellelce Place              Services
Suite 805
365 Bay Street
Toronto, Ontario M5H 2V1
Tel: 416-847-6907
Artur Agivaev
Email: artur@wdcapital.ca

17. Cratos Global                      Power               $11,411
3225 Shallowford Road, Suite          Project
810 Marietta, Georgia 30062         Consulting
Tel: 770-691-3120                    Services
Attn: President or General Counsel

18. Kekst and Company Inc.           Media and              $9,855
437 Madison Avenue, 37th Floor     Communication
New York, NY 10022                    Services
Tel: 212 521 4800
Daniel Yunger
Email: daniel.yunger@kekstcnc.com

19. Atahualpa USA LLC              Communication            $8,000
6820 Indian Creek Dr., Unit 2F       Services
Miami Beach, FL 33141
Attn: Carlos Bussolini, Director

20. CT Lien Solutions                Federal                $7,535
c/o Wolters Kluwer                 Litigation
2700 Lake Cook Road                  Search
Riverwoods, IL 60015                Services
Tel: 800-833-5778
Attn: President or General Counsel
Email:
liensolutions.clientsupport@waltersk
luwer.com

21. Citrix Systems Inc.           Information               $1,707
851 W. Cypress Creek Road         Technology
Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309          Services
Tel: 800-424-8749
Attn: President or General Counsel

22. O'Farrell Inc.              Legal Services              $1,340
167 Madison Avenue, Suite 303
New York, NY 10016
Tel: 305-468-4614
Attn: Michael Joseph
Email: info@ofarrelusa.com

23. Samuel Knight                 Consulting                  $468
City Quadrant, Offices 13-15       Services
Waterloo Square
Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE1 4DP
United Kingdom
Tel: +44 (191) 481 3620
Attn: President or General Counsel
Email: energy@samuel-knight.com

24. Broadridge Financial Solutions                            $364
51 Mercedes Way
Edgewood, NY 11717
Tel: 631-254-7422
Attn: Joseph Naso
Email: joseph.naso@broadridge.com


STONEWAY CAPITAL: Owner of 4 Argentine Power Plants in Chapter 11
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Argentine power plant operator Stoneway Capital Ltd. is seeking
bankruptcy protection in the U.S. after failing to extend a
standstill agreement with its creditors.

The company, which had defaulted on bonds, filed for Chapter 11 in
the Southern District of New York.  It listed estimated liabilities
of $1 billion to $10 billion, compared with estimated assets of
$500 million to $1 billion.

The Debtors are holding companies that own Argentine subsidiaries
that own and operate four power-generating plants in Argentina that
provide electricity to the wholesale electricity market in
Argentina.

                          Liquidity Woes

David Mack, sole director, explained in court filings that despite
generating over $100 million of EBITDA since its inception, the
Company has struggled to generate sufficient free cash flow to
support its working capital requirements and satisfy its ongoing
principal and interest repayment obligations under its secured
indebtedness. The Company's liquidity position also deteriorated
significantly as a result of a number of industry and
Company-specific challenges, including:

   a. Slower economic growth in Argentina, which resulted in a
decline in aggregate energy consumption, and which coincided with
the addition of generation capacity from new hydroelectric and
renewable energy projects in the Argentine power market;

   b. The Company has experienced timing issues with respect to its
revenue receipt from CAMMESA due to a number of reasons, including
currency devaluation;

   c. SGLP incurred significant refinancing costs in relation to
the Argentine Revolving Credit Facilities between September 2019
and February 2020, and several of its working capital facilities
that matured in the third and fourth quarters of 2019 were not
renewed; and

   d. the Argentine Operating Subsidiaries were required
temporarily to adjust the form of upstream payments made to SCC due
to Argentine exchange rate controls, resulting in delays and
additional taxes on those payments.

As a result of these business challenges, the Company has struggled
to generate the liquidity necessary to satisfy its working capital,
supplier and financial obligations.  These issues are exacerbated
by the Company's highly-leveraged capital structure.

                            Funded Debt

The Debtors' obligations for funded debt consists of: (i) senior
secured notes in an aggregate outstanding principal amount,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, of approximately $686.6
million issued by SCC, and which are guaranteed by two of the
Debtors (SEI and SELP) and benefit from pledges of equity interests
and other assets from each of the other Debtors; (ii) approximately
$26.1 million in outstanding principal due under revolving credit
facilities -- Argentine Revolving Credit Facilities -- for which
certain of the Argentine Operating Subsidiaries are borrowers, but
which also benefit from the same guaranty and collateral package as
the Notes; and (iii) a term loan, the borrower of which is
non-debtor GRM, but which is guaranteed by Stoneway Capital, SGLP
and Stoneway Power, under which the outstanding principal amount,
together with accrued and unpaid  interest, is $271,680,900, plus
fees, expenses, costs, and other charges arising under or related
to the Term Loan.

                       Canadian Proceedings

Following a series of initial defaults in early 2020 and a limited
exercise of remedies -- 2020 Exercise of Remedies -- by Gramercy
Energy Secured Holdings II LLC, Gemcorp Fund I Limited and Gemcorp
Multi Strategy Master Fund SICAV SCS -- Term Lenders -- the Company
entered into a series of informal standstill agreements with the
Term Lenders and holders of approximately 80% of the total
principal amount of the Notes.

On Sept. 21, 2020, the parties entered into a Restructuring Support
Agreement, which contemplated a restructuring transaction to be
implemented pursuant to a corporate plan of arrangement to be
commenced by the Company under the Canada Business Corporations
Act.  The RSA demonstrated that the Debtors' key financial
creditors believed that the Debtors could sustain indebtedness
without a principal reduction in the Notes, and that the Debtors
could achieve a comprehensive restructuring in the form of the
Consensual Restructuring.  Under the terms of the Consensual
Restructuring, upon consummation of the Plan of Arrangement, (i)
the Notes, would be converted into new secured new senior secured
notes issued by the Company with a principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the Notes and (ii) the Term Loan would be
converted into 50% of the common shares and 100% of the preferred
shares of GRM.

Although the CBCA Proceedings had been commenced in the Ontario
Superior Court of Justice (Commercial List) on Oct. 8, 2020, and
the Debtors were well on the way toward closing the Consensual
Restructuring, on Dec. 4, 2020, the Argentine Supreme Court issued
a decision in an ongoing noise discharge dispute involving the
Matheu Generation Facility, one of the Generation Facilities
located in Pilar, Argentina.  The Argentine Supreme Court Decision
created significant uncertainty as it overturned a decision of the
federal appeals court in San Martin, Buenos Aires, which previously
had invalidated a 2017 injunction issued by the Campana Federal
Court regarding the construction and operation of the Matheu
Generation Facility.

Due to the uncertainty caused by the Argentine Supreme Court
Decision, the meeting of holders of Notes that had been scheduled
to approve the Plan of Arrangement on Dec. 22, 2020, was adjourned
to a date to be determined.  On March 15, 2021, the Company, the
Term Lenders and the Ad Hoc Group agreed to certain further
amendments to the RSA in light of the developments with respect to
the Argentine Environmental Claims, including the addition of
certain additional covenants of the Company and the inclusion of a
provision that would automatically terminate the RSA at 12:01 a.m.
New York City Time on March 31, 2021 (the "Expiration Date"),
unless extended by members of the Ad Hoc Group holding a majority
of the Notes (the "Majority Members") by providing written notice
at least three business days prior to such date (the "Extension
Deadline").  On March 16, 2021, the Argentine Federal Court of
Appeals issued its decision (the "March 2021 Decision") to uphold
the 2017 Matheu Injunction and remanding the case to the trial
court for further consideration.

                      The Chapter 11 Filings

The Extension Deadline for the RSA passed without the Expiration
Date having been extended by the Majority Members.  Even after the
passing of the Extension Deadline, it is my understanding that the
Term Lenders made one or more new proposals to the Ad Hoc Group,
and that negotiations among the parties continue in an effort to
reach a consensual resolution.  

In addition, the Debtors' counsel explored with counsel to both the
Term Lenders the possibility of a forbearance short of a full
resolution on the terms of an amendment to the RSA.

Late in the evening of March 30, 2021, an informal standstill
through 11:59 p.m. on April 7, 2021, was agreed to among counsel to
the Debtors, counsel to the Ad Hoc Group and counsel to the Term
Lenders.  During the period of that informal standstill,
discussions among the parties continued, however, as the expiration
of the standstill approached, it became apparent that the
discussions would not prove fruitful, and that the standstill would
not be extended.

As a result of the looming expiration of the informal standstill
arrangement, the Debtors have commenced chapter 11 cases in order
to put the automatic stay in place, maintain the status quo pending
resolution of the various issues in Argentina, and ensure that
neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Argentine Trustee take any
action that could be detrimental or value destructive to the
Company.  

It is possible that the Argentine Operating Subsidiaries may
commence concurso preventivo proceedings under article 5 et seq. of
the Argentine Bankruptcy Law No. 24,522 (Ley de Concursos y
Quiebras), in the ordinary commercial courts of the Republic of
Argentina ("Argentine Concurso Proceedings").  In addition, if
appropriate, certain of the Debtors may also consider commencing
Argentine Concurso Proceedings of their own.

                      About Stoneway Capital

Stoneway Capital Corporation is a limited corporation incorporated
in New Brunswick, Canada, formed for the purpose of owning and
operating, through its Argentine subsidiaries, power generation
projects that will provide electricity to the wholesale electricity
markets in Argentina.  The Argentine subsidiaries operate four
power-generating plants in Argentina that provide electricity to
the wholesale electricity market in Argentina.

Stoneway is 100% owned by GRM Energy Investment Limited.

On Oct. 8, 2020, the Company commenced proceedings under the Canada
Business Corporations Act (the "CBCA").   The Debtors were well on
the way toward closing the consensual restructuring when on Dec. 4,
2020, the Argentine Supreme Court issued a decision in an ongoing
noise discharge dispute involving one of the Generation Facilities
located in Pilar, Argentina.  The Argentine Supreme Court Decision
created significant uncertainty as it overturned a decision of the
federal appeals court in San Martin, Buenos Aires.

As a result of the looming expiration of the informal standstill
arrangement, the Debtors have commenced chapter 11 cases in the
U.S. in order to put the automatic stay in place, maintain the
status quo pending resolution of the various issues in Argentina,
and ensure that neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Argentine
Trustee takes any action that could be detrimental or value
destructive to the Company.

Stoneway Capital Ltd. and five related entities, including Stoneway
Capital Corp., sought Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection (Bankr
S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-10646) on April 7, 2021.  Stoneway estimated
liabilities of $1 billion to $10 billion and assets of $500 million
to $1 billion.

Shearman & Sterling LLP is the Debtors' counsel.  Prime Clerk LLC
is the claims agent.


STREAM TV: Court Okays Lenders Opposition to Chapter 11 Dismissal
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that a Delaware bankruptcy judge Wednesday, April 7,
2021, said the prospective Chapter 11 lender of Stream TV can
continue to argue against dismissal of the bankruptcy case on the
grounds the television tech company still has control of at least
some overseas assets.

At a brief virtual hearing, U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Karen Owens said
proposed debtor-in-possession lender Visual Technology Innovation
appears to have the standing to make its argument that Stream TV's
secured lenders may not have met the local legal requirements to
take control of all of the company's overseas assets, giving Stream
TV the grounds to turn back the lenders' attempt.

                      About Stream TV Networks

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania-based Stream TV Networks, Inc., develops
technology intended to display three-dimensional content without
the use of 3D glasses.

On Feb. 24, 2021, Stream TV Networks filed a Chapter 11 petition
(Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10433). The petition was signed by CEO
Mathu Rajan, and the bankruptcy case is handled by Honorable Judge
Karen B. Owens. The Company listed assets of about $100 million to
$500 million and liabilities of $100 million to $500 million.

DILWORTH PAXSON LLP, led by Martin J. Weis, is the Debtor's
counsel.



TMS INTERNATIONAL: Moody's Rates New $300MM Unsecured Notes 'Caa1'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has assigned a Caa1 rating to TMS
International Corp.'s proposed $300 million senior unsecured notes.
TMS International's B2 Corporate Family Rating, B2-PD Probability
of Default Rating, B1 rating on its senior secured term loan B and
the Caa1 rating on its existing senior unsecured notes and its
stable outlook remain unchanged. The company plans to use the
proceeds from the note offering to retire its existing $236 million
7.25% senior unsecured notes due 2025, pay down about $25 million
of revolver borrowings, pay call premiums, fees and expenses and
increase its cash balance. The rating on the existing notes will be
withdrawn when they are redeemed.

Assignments:

Issuer: TMS International Corp.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Caa1 (LGD5)

RATINGS RATIONALE

TMS International's B2 corporate family rating is supported by its
strong market position, customer and regional diversity, downside
protection afforded by its long-term contracts and its highly
variable cost structure. It also reflects the high margins
generated by its Mill Services Group and its good liquidity. TMS
International's credit profile is constrained by its somewhat
elevated financial leverage, weak interest coverage, exposure to
the highly cyclical steel sector and inconsistent free cash
generation due to periodic capital spending at new mill sites in
advance of cash flow generation from those sites.

Steel industry conditions significantly deteriorated during most of
2020 due to the impact of the coronavirus on key steel consuming
end markets. The materially lower levels of steel production along
with temporarily idled and permanently closed customer mill sites
weighed on TMS International's Mill Services Group. In addition,
declining scrap prices and lower volumes negatively impacted the
operating performance of its Raw Materials and Optimization Group.
However, the company's variable cost structure enabled it to
quickly reduce costs while the downside protection of its
contracts, which include base fees and tiered pricing that provides
higher revenues per ton at lower volumes, enabled it to temper the
impact on its operating performance. It also benefitted from
recovering scrap prices and increased margins in its Raw Materials
and Optimization Group late in the year. As a result, TMS reported
adjusted EBITDA of about $153 million versus $156 million in 2019.

TMS International's operating performance will materially
strengthen in 2021 as steel production and scrap prices strengthen
after a weak 2020. It will also benefit from the EBITDA
contributions from the Stein Companies and Kent Environmental which
were acquired in December 2020 and January 2021, respectively. The
Stein Companies is a US focused steel mill services competitor of
TMS and appears to be a good strategic fit and enhances the
company's scale and customer diversity. The Kent acquisition
presents the risk of entering a new line of business which
inherently has environmental risks since a portion of its revenue
comes from the transportation of petroleum contaminated materials,
but does provide the opportunity for growth in a new business
segment. These debt financed acquisitions could raise the company's
leverage profile depending on their post-acquisition operating
performance and the synergies achieved. However, TMS
International's credit metrics should remain commensurate with its
rating with a pro forma leverage ratio (debt/EBITDA) around 5.0x.

TMS has a good liquidity profile with $33.2 million of unrestricted
cash and net availability of $141.6 million on its $150 million
asset-based revolving credit facility as of December 2020, which
had no borrowings outstanding and $8.4 million in letters of
credit. The company upsized the revolver to $150 million to
accommodate its increased scale after the Stein and Kent
acquisitions and extended the maturity to December 2025 from
December 2021. TMS is expected to consistently generate free cash
flow on a pro forma basis including Stein and Kent, but its free
cash flow will be limited in the near term due to the payment of a
$46 million dividend in March 2021 and investments in working
capital as business conditions strengthen this year. Further
acquisitions and dividend payments are a risk, but the company
should maintain a good liquidity profile.

The Caa1 rating on the senior unsecured notes reflects the
effective subordination to the secured debt in the company's
capital structure. The B1 rating on the $551 million senior secured
term loan reflects its first priority lien on fixed assets and
second priority lien on accounts receivables and inventory. The
$150 million ABL has a first lien on the latter collateral.

The stable outlook reflects the expectation that TMS
International's operating performance will strengthen in 2021 and
its credit metrics will remain commensurate with its rating.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

TMS International's ratings are not likely to experience upward
pressure in the near term. However, the ratings would be considered
for an upgrade if the company achieves substantially improved
operating results and credit metrics. This would include
maintaining a leverage ratio (Debt/EBITDA) below 4.5x and cash flow
from operations above 13% of outstanding debt.

The ratings would be considered for a downgrade if the company
experiences a material reduction in borrowing availability or
liquidity, or if its leverage ratio is sustained above 5.5x or cash
flow from operations below 10% of outstanding debt.

TMS International Corp., headquartered in Pittsburgh, PA., provides
on-site steel mill services such as scrap management and
preparation, semi-finished and finished material handling, metal
recovery, slag handling, processing and sales, surface
conditioning, raw materials procurement and logistics and raw
material cost optimization. The company also provides environmental
services including transportation of petroleum contaminated
materials, petroleum recycling, vacuum services, hydro excavation
and blasting, and container rental and management services. The
company generated pro forma revenues of about $1.3 billion
including the Stein and Kent acquisitions during the twelve months
ended December 31, 2020. TMS has been owned by The Pritzker
Organization since late 2013.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Steel Industry
published in September 2017.


TOMMIE BROADWATER, JR: $550K Sale of DC Property to Benji Approved
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Thomas J. Catliota of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Maryland authorized Tommie Broadwater, Jr.'s sale of
the real property located at 4328 Alabama Avenue SE, in Washington,
D.C., to Benji, LLC for $550,000.

The sale is free and clear of liens, claims, encumbrances, and
interests.

The settlement agent Smart Settlements, LLC or any later selected
title company relative to the transaction will deliver to The Burns
Law Firm, LLC as Disbursement Agent a proposed final closing
disclosure (HUD-1) prior to any proposed closing (and the
Disbursement Agent will then file that final proposed CD on the
docket in the case), which will reflect the assumed projected
disbursements identified in the immediately following paragraph to
be made by the settlement agent (or any necessary or appropriate
changes to those to be conveyed upon update from the Disbursement
Agent under the Plan).

After payment of allowed Broker commission of $22,000; identified
further reasonable closing costs from the CD referenced estimated
at $5,000 including D.C. Tax (but no transfer or recordation/stamp
taxes), water escrow if any and related charges, all subject to the
CD’s actual figures, and the United States Trustee Program
advance of $4,875 for first quarter 2021; and the administrative
expense claims and post-confirmation net fees/costs reserve of The
Burns Law Firm as detailed in the Motion of $106,157.97 and the
administrative expense claims and reserve of Troy Emory, CPA of
$32,620.00, all payable by the settlement agent on the closing CD
(noting addresses below in this Order for check delivery by the
settlement agent to each recipient herein), the settlement agent
will disburse the remaining estimated proceeds to the Internal
Revenue Service of $379,347.03 absent any necessary or appropriate
adjustments/changes in the closing instructions presented by the
Plan Disbursement Agent prior to presentment of the final CD and
closing on the Property and Contract.

A report of sale will issue within two business days of the closing
to be received by the Debtor's counsel from the settlement agent.

The Contract on the Property will close free and clear of any
transfer taxes, recordation or stamp taxes and is excused from such
taxes as it is a sale under a confirmed Amended Plan and the
exemption under 11 U.S.C. Section 1146(a).

The stay provided for by Fed. R. Bankr. P. 6004(h) is waived.

The Debtor will by counsel upload a Report of Sale attaching the
HUD-1 (closing disclosure post transaction) within 10 days from the
date of the sale closing.

If the Debtor's counsel does not receive confirmation of
disbursement of the required proceeds and settlement sheet or
closing disclosure (ie; HUD-1) within 90 days of the date of entry
of the Order, the authority to sell granted by the Order will
automatically terminate.

Tommie Broadwater, Jr. sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D. Md.
Case No. 18-11460) on Feb. 2, 2018.  The Debtor filed Pro Se.  The
Court appointed Theodore Meginson and M & M Real Estate Properties,
L.L.C. as Broker.  On Dec. 7, 2020, the Court approved the Debtor's
Amended Disclosure Statement and confirmed the Debtor's Amended
Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization.



TOWN SPORTS: Asks Court to Help Get Records from New Owner
----------------------------------------------------------
Katherine Doherty of Bloomberg News reports that Town Sports
International Holdings Inc., the previous parent of the gyms, is
asking the U.S. bankruptcy court to help it get financial records
from the current owner of the bankrupt company, in part for use in
preparing tax returns. In court filings this second week of April
2021, Town Sports said the two sides "attempted to negotiate" an
agreement to share the information, only to reach a "stalemate"
which "threatens irreparable harm" to the company's non-bankrupt
affiliate.

                        About Town Sports

Town Sports International, LLC and its subsidiaries are owners and
operators of fitness clubs in the United States, particularly in
the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions.  As of Dec. 31, 2019, the
Company operated 186 fitness clubs under various brand names,
collectively serving approximately 605,000 members. Town Sports
owns and operates brands such as New York Sports Clubs, Boston
Sports Clubs, Philadelphia Sports Clubs, Washington Sports Clubs,
Lucille Roberts and Total Woman.

Town Sports and several of its affiliates filed for bankruptcy
protection (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 20-12168) on Sept. 14,
2020. The petitions were signed by Patrick Walsh, chief executive
officer.

The Debtors were estimated to have $500 million to $1 billion in
consolidated assets and consolidated liabilities.

The Hon. Christopher S. Sontchi presides over the cases.

Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP, and Kirkland & Ellis LLP have
been tapped as bankruptcy counsel to the Debtors. Houlihan Lokey,
Inc., serves as financial advisor and investment banker to the
Debtors, and Epiq Corporate Restructuring LLC acts as claims and
noticing agent to the Debtors.


TRIANGLE FLOWERS: Unsecured Creditors to Get 13% in Plan
--------------------------------------------------------
Triangle Flowers of Distinction, Inc., filed a Third Amended Plan
of Reorganization on April 5, 2021.

The sum of approximately $171,061 will be distributed as follows:

   * $38,864 to administrative claims;
   * $72,167 to the secured claim of FNB;
   * $3,829 to the secured claim of Ally Financial;
   * $11,061 to either the secured claim of Pinnacle Bank or pro
rata to unsecured creditors;
   * The balance, or $46,004, to unsecured claims.

Class 5 is a convenience class consisting of non-priority unsecured
claimant whose claim is equal to $1,000 or less.  Class 5 will be
paid 13% of their claim amount in the first payment due under the
Plan, with any payments to the convenience class being in addition
to the first payment.

Class 6 consists of all the non-priority unsecured claims, other
than those in the Administrative Convenience Class, asserted
against or scheduled by the Debtor.  At this time,  the Debtor
estimates that the total amount of the claims comprising Class 6 is
$342,161, $283,840 of which is estimated to be attributable to the
claim asserted by FNB.
Class 6will be paid 13% of their claim amount in 60 payments.
Creditors will be paid pro rata in 60 equal payments of $752.41.

The Debtor will make all payments from cash flow from operations as
called for by the Plan.

A copy of the Third Amended Plan of Reorganization is available at
https://bit.ly/3dF7698 from PacerMonitor.com.

                      About Triangle Flowers

Based in Raleigh, North Carolina, Triangle Flowers of Distinction,
Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 20-02098) on May 29, 2020, listing under
$1 million in both assets and liabilities.  

Judge Stephani W. Humrickhouse oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by James C. White, Esq. at J.C. White Law
Group, PLLC.  Rich Commercial Realty, LLC, is the broker.


ULD LOGISTICS: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Bankruptcy Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
ULD Logistics, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of Ohio to hire Diller and Rice, LLC as
its bankruptcy counsel.

Diller & Rice will assist in the preparation and implementation of
the Debtor's plan of reorganization and will represent the Debtor
in all matters relating to its Chapter 11 case.

Steven Diller, Esq., at Diller and Rice, disclosed in a court
filing that he does not represent nor hold any interest adverse to
the Debtor and its bankruptcy estate.

The firm can be reached through:

    Steven L. Diller, Esq.
    Diller and Rice, LLC
    124 E Main St
    Van Wert, OH 45891
    Phone: 419-238-5064/419-238-5025
    Fax: 419-238-4705
    Email: Steven@drlawllc.com
           Kim@drlawllc.com
           Eric@drlawllc.com

                        About ULD Logistics

ULD Logistics, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ohio Case No.
21-30509) on March 26, 2021.  Peggy Toedter, managing member,
signed the petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
disclosed $1,491,071 in total assets and $5,660,360 in total
liabilities.  Judge John P. Gustafson oversees the case.  Steven L.
Diller, Esq., at Diller and Rice, LLC, represents the Debtor as
counsel.


UNITED SHORE: Fitch Assigns Final B+ Rating on $700MM Sr. Notes
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'B+' final rating to the $700 million
5.5% senior notes due April 2029 issued by United Shore Financial
Services, LLC (United Wholesale). Proceeds are expected to be used
to pay down the MSR and equipment backed secured facilities and for
general corporate purposes. United Wholesale has a Long-Term Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) of 'BB-'. The Rating Outlook is Stable.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

The final rating on United Wholesale's senior unsecured debt is one
notch below the Long-Term IDR, given its subordination to secured
debt in the capital structure, a limited pool of unencumbered
assets and, therefore, weaker relative recovery prospects in a
stressed scenario.

United Wholesale's ratings reflect its solid franchise, with
leading market share in the wholesale U.S. residential mortgage
segment, solid asset quality performance in the servicing
portfolio, strong earnings generation, improving capitalization,
sufficient earnings coverage of interest expenses, a sufficiently
robust and integrated technology platform, and an experienced
management team with extensive industry background. The ratings are
also supported by Fitch's expectation for increased funding
flexibility following the execution of the planned senior unsecured
note issuance.

Rating constraints include the challenging economic backdrop, which
Fitch believes may pressure asset quality over the medium term;
continued reliance on secured, short-term wholesale funding
facilities, with relatively limited duration; the breach of
financial covenants during the early part of the coronavirus
pandemic; and elevated keyperson risk related to the CEO and
president, Mat Ishbia, who, together with the Ishbia family,
exercises significant control over the company as majority
shareholders. Additionally, the company's exclusive focus on the
wholesale mortgage channel acts as a rating constraint, as volumes
may be dependent on the outlook for the channel if further market
share gains are limited.

United Wholesale's leverage (gross debt to tangible equity)
amounted to 3.4x at Dec. 31, 2020, down materially from 8.5x at
YE19 due to increased net income and growth in retained earnings.
Pro forma for the $700 million unsecured note issuance, Fitch
estimates United Wholesale's leverage will increase to 3.6x. This
falls within Fitch's 'bbb' category capitalization and leverage
benchmark range of 3.0x-5.0x for balance sheet heavy finance and
leasing companies with an 'a' category operating environment score.
Fitch expects leverage to be maintained around 4.0x over the
Outlook horizon as occasional shareholder distributions should be
sufficiently offset by the retention of strong earnings.

Corporate tangible leverage, which excludes the balances under
warehouse facilities from gross debt, was 0.5x at Dec. 31, 2020 and
estimated to be 0.6x pro forma for the new issuance, which is below
the net debt incurrence covenant of 2.0x set forth under United
Wholesale's senior unsecured notes. Fitch believes the cushion on
this covenant provides sufficient operating flexibility.

Consistent with other mortgage companies, United Wholesale remains
reliant on the wholesale debt market to fund operations. Secured
debt was 90% of total debt at YE20; comprised of warehouse
facilities and secured bank lines of credit. Although United
Wholesale's warehouse lenders are diverse, comprised of 15 global
and regional banks, approximately 18.8% of its facilities were
committed at YE20, which is below peers and finance and leasing
companies more broadly. Fitch views favorably the company's plans
to convert 35%-40% of total warehouse capacity to committed
facilities in the coming months. United Wholesale's funding tenor
is also of short duration with the majority of facilities maturing
within one year, well above that of other non-bank financial
institutions, which exposes United Wholesale to increased liquidity
and refinancing risk. Fitch would view an extension of the firm's
funding duration favorably.

Fitch estimates that the percentage of unsecured debt to total debt
increased to 17.6%, pro forma for the $700 million notes issuance,
which is within Fitch's 'bb' category funding, liquidity and
coverage benchmark range of 10% to 40% for balance sheet heavy
finance and leasing companies with an 'a' category operating
environment score. Fitch would view further increases in unsecured
funding favorably as it would increase unencumbered assets and
enhance the firm's funding flexibility, particularly in times of
stress.

Fitch views United Wholesale's liquidity profile as strong given
actions already taken to shore up liquidity in response to the
coronavirus pandemic, which is further augmented by the unsecured
issuance as the debt proceeds are being used pay down the MSR
backed secured facilities which will leave the MSR asset
unencumbered post the issuance. As of YE20, United Wholesale had
approximately $1.2 billion of unrestricted cash, which is expected
to increase to $1.6 billion, pro forma for the new unsecured
issuance. The liquidity position would be further enhanced if
United Wholesale is able to execute on its plans to increase its
committed funding.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that United
Wholesale will maintain sufficient liquidity to address potential
increases in servicing advances due to consumer mortgage
forbearance programs in the event of a second wave of the pandemic.
The Outlook also reflects expectations for relatively stable
leverage, following the issuance of the unsecured notes, strong and
consistent earnings generation, and execution on plans to increase
the proportion of committed credit facilities to 35%-40%.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

The rating on the unsecured notes is sensitive to changes in the
Long-Term IDR and would be expected to move in tandem. However, a
material increase in unencumbered assets and/or an increase in the
proportion of unsecured funding could result in a narrowing of the
notching between United Wholesale's Long-Term IDR and the unsecured
notes.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Include an inability to continue to increase the proportion of
    committed funding or the inability to effectively manage
    elevated servicer advance levels stemming from an increase in
    forbearance by borrowers and the potential for higher
    delinquencies following the lapse of forbearance programs.
    Leverage sustained above 5.0x over the Outlook horizon,
    increased utilization of secured funding that constrains the
    company's funding flexibility, regulatory scrutiny resulting
    in United Wholesale incurring substantial fines that
    negatively impact its franchise or operating performance, or
    the departure of Ishbia, who has led the growth and direction
    of the company, could also drive negative rating actions.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Include an improvement in funding flexibility, including a
    continued extension of funding duration, further increases in
    the proportion of committed facilities beyond the current
    plan, and/or an increase in unsecured debt and unencumbered
    assets. Demonstrated effectiveness of corporate governance
    policies, the maintenance of consistent operating performance,
    enhanced liquidity, and leverage maintained at or below 4.5x
    on a gross debt to tangible equity basis could also contribute
    to positive rating actions.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

United Wholesale has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance
Structure due to elevated key person risk related to its president
and chief executive officer, Ishbia, who has led the growth and
strategic direction of the company. This has a negative impact on
the credit profile and is relevant to the rating in conjunction
with other factors.

United Shore also has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Customer
Welfare - Fair Messaging, Privacy and Data Security due to its
exposure to compliance risks that include fair lending practices,
debt collection practices and consumer data protection, which has a
negative impact on the credit profile and is relevant to the rating
in conjunction with other factors.

Except for the matters discussed above, the highest level of ESG
credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Financial Institutions and
Covered Bond issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of four notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.


UNITI GROUP: Moody's Rates New $570MM Secured Notes 'B2'
--------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has assigned a B2 to Uniti Group Inc.'s
proposed $570 million senior secured notes due 2028 which will be
issued by Uniti Group LP, Uniti Group Finance 2019 Inc. and CSL
Capital, LLC. The B2 rating is the same as the rating on the
existing secured debt. Uniti operates through a customary up-REIT
structure under which it holds its assets through Uniti Group LP, a
partnership that Uniti controls as general partner; Uniti Group
Finance 2019 Inc. and CSL Capital, LLC are subsidiaries of Uniti
Group LP. The net proceeds from the sale of the secured notes will
be used to fund the redemption of the company's 6.6% secured notes
due 2023. All other ratings including Uniti's B3 corporate family
rating and stable outlook are unchanged.

Assignments:

Issuer: Uniti Group LP

Senior Secured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B2 (LGD3)

RATINGS RATIONALE

Uniti's B3 corporate family rating reflects the stronger linkage
between Uniti's credit profile and Windstream's following
Windstream's recent bankruptcy exit. Windstream is Uniti's largest
tenant and the source of about 64% of its revenue and a greater
percentage of EBITDA. Under renegotiated master lease agreements
with post-bankruptcy Windstream which are now in effect, Uniti
retains the same annual lease payment it has continued to receive
throughout Windstream's bankruptcy and under the original master
lease agreement's payment terms. Uniti also benefits from
strengthened lease terms, including the addition of guarantees from
subsidiaries of Windstream. In return, Uniti is also now
contractually committed to providing up to $1.75 billion of growth
capital investment (GCI) reimbursements, subject to project
identification and meeting certain underwriting standards, to
Windstream through 2030, the expiration year of the master lease
agreements. While we expect Uniti to earn a market or near-market
yield on its funding of these leasehold improvements, Windstream's
successful execution of its business improvement plan and market
share growth objectives will also largely determine Uniti's credit
trajectory. Moody's believes the contractual nature of this
post-bankruptcy arrangement more firmly links Uniti's credit
profile to that of Windstream's credit profile than the linkage
that existed between the two companies before Windstream's 2019
bankruptcy. While Windstream will need to be in compliance with
certain financial covenants for Uniti to be obligated to annually
fund the GCI reimbursements to Windstream, Uniti's investments in
fiber and fiber related assets will aid and enable Windstream to
better focus on accelerating fiber investments into residential
portions of the copper-based network under the lease. The degree of
linkage between Uniti's credit profile and Windstream will only
meaningfully diverge when Uniti significantly diversifies its
sources of revenue and EBITDA.

Post Windstream's bankruptcy emergence, the innovative bifurcation
of Uniti's pre-bankruptcy master lease agreement with Windstream
into a consumer ILEC network lease and a CLEC network lease could
facilitate the potential future sale of either of these two
Windstream businesses focused on different end markets, which would
advance Uniti's lessee and revenue diversification objectives. The
renegotiated leases are cross-guaranteed and cross-defaulted unless
Windstream ceases to be the tenant. Under terms of a broader
settlement with Windstream, Uniti will also pay approximately $490
million to Windstream under a cash settlement assuming quarterly
installments over five years. Moody's treats this as an amortizing
litigation-related liability and has added the $490 million to
Moody's adjusted debt calculation; Moody's adjusted EBITDA
calculation is not affected.

Uniti's need to meet future GCI reimbursements under renegotiated
terms of its master lease agreements with Windstream, its minimum
dividend required to maintain REIT status and currently high
leverage constrain the company's rating. Moody's expectation for
debt/EBITDA (Moody's adjusted) of approximately 6.4x at year-end
2021 reflects the likely funding of cash flow deficits with more
debt than equity in 2021. Uniti's stable and predictable revenue
and its high margins are supportive of higher leverage tolerance.
Moody's estimates slightly lower debt/EBITDA (Moody's adjusted) in
2022 as the company delivers steady EBITDA improvement and is
expected to employ more balanced external debt funding for organic
growth and capital spending obligations. Uniti's acquisitions of
fiber networks in recent years have aided nominal revenue
diversification, and lease-up opportunities remain a viable means
for increasing cash flow generation without additional capital
spending. The company's June 2020 sale of tower assets and July
2020 sale of its Midwest fiber network assets boosted liquidity and
highlight a streamlined and selective focus on core leasing and
fiber businesses. However, Uniti's access to capital and cost of
capital are critical inputs to its ability to sustain more
significant future growth beyond its existing asset profile.

Moody's views Uniti's liquidity as adequate. The company had $78
million in cash and $390 million of borrowing availability under
its $500 million revolving credit facility at December 31, 2020.
Negative free cash flow is expected in 2021 as a result of Uniti's
dividend payout, steady but high capital intensity and GCI
reimbursements to Windstream. The company is expected to have
capital spending (Moody's adjusted) of $359 million in 2021 and
$368 million in 2022, which includes annual GCI reimbursements
Uniti is committed to advancing to Windstream through 2030. Moody's
expects the company will draw on its revolver to help fund its
capital spending with expected later refinancing from a combination
of capital raised in the both the debt and equity markets when
appropriate and consistent with its stated financial policy.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations over the next
12-18 months for marginal increases in recurring revenue, stable
EBITDA margin trends and consistent capital intensity including GCI
reimbursements to Windstream. An expectation for slightly declining
debt leverage (Moody's adjusted) and liquidity to support
manageable cash flow deficits further support the stable outlook.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Given Uniti's revenue and EBITDA concentration with Windstream and
dependency on Windstream's sustained execution of its business
improvement plan and share growth strategy, an upgrade is unlikely
in the near term. Over the medium term, the ratings could be
subject to upward pressure if (i) Windstream's credit profile
improves, (ii) Uniti diversifies its revenue base such that its
master lease agreements with Windstream comprise a substantially
lower percentage of its revenue and EBITDA and (iii) Uniti
demonstrates improving leverage and cash flow metrics.

Moody's could lower Uniti's ratings if leverage were sustained
above 6.5x or if there is credit profile weakening at Windstream or
if the company's liquidity deteriorates.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Communications
Infrastructure Industry published in September 2017.

Uniti Group Inc. is a publicly traded, real estate investment trust
(REIT) that was spun off from Windstream Holdings, Inc. in April of
2015. The majority of Uniti's assets are comprised of a physical
distribution network of copper, fiber optic cables, utility poles
and real estate which are under long term, exclusive master lease
to Windstream. Over time, Uniti has acquired additional fiber
assets that it operates as a standalone carrier, serving enterprise
and communications customers.


WAND NEWCO 3: S&P Alters Outlook to Stable, Affirms 'B-' ICR
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings revised its outlook on Wand NewCo 3 Inc. (doing
business as Caliber Collision) to stable from negative and affirmed
its 'B-' issuer credit rating.

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectation that the company will
generate a modest amount of free cash flow and maintain its current
market share, sustainable capital structure, and adequate liquidity
over the longer term even as its volumes remain weak due to the
fallout from the pandemic.

The outlook revision and affirmation reflect Caliber's improved
liquidity position and higher cash flow generation.  The company
steadily improved its liquidity (cash and revolver availability)
while growing its location footprint by 114 net new centers.
Liquidity grew during the pandemic to about $600 million as of the
end of December 2020 from roughly $293 million as of the end of
March 2020. While the majority of the increase in its liquidity
came from its issuance of $300 million of senior secured notes in
May, Caliber was able to maintain its improved liquidity position
by pursuing operating cost cuts and effectively managing its
working capital. While S&P expects some of the gains in its working
capital to reverse over the next few quarters, the company's
same-store sales continue to recover. Additionally, while collision
volumes remain about 20% below pre-pandemic levels, Caliber's
same-store sales have declined by approximately 5% less than for
the rest of the industry because it kept its stores open and
maintained strong operating metrics throughout the pandemic. S&P
expects the company to continue to gain some market share but
anticipate that it could take some time for the collision industry
to recover while workers continue to prefer working from home.

S&P said, "Caliber's liquidity will likely decline over the next
couple of years as it re-accelerates its growth initiatives, though
we expect its liquidity to remain adequate.  Historically, the
company has used debt to fund its purchases of existing collision
centers and the construction of new centers. In the near term, we
expect Caliber to use its excess cash to be to add stores given its
indicated desire to expand its footprint by 150-175 stores per
year. This will drain its liquidity, though we expect its liquidity
position to remain adequate over the next couple of years. Even if
market conditions worsen, we believe Caliber has sufficient
flexibility to reduce the pace of its expansion to preserve
liquidity.

"Despite our stable outlook, the company continues to operate with
very high leverage.  Caliber's leverage was over 10x in 2020 and we
expect its leverage to remain above 8x in 2021. While we believe
the company could deleverage further, the pace of its deleveraging
will depend on how quickly its financial sponsor and management
choose to increase its store base.

"The stable outlook on Caliber reflects our expectation that, over
the longer term, the company will generate a modest amount of free
cash flow and maintain its market share, sustainable capital
structure, and adequate liquidity even as its volumes remain weak
due to the fallout from the pandemic.

"While unlikely over the next year, we could raise our rating on
Caliber if it sustainably reduces its debt to EBITDA toward 7.0x
while maintaining free operating cash flow (FOCF) to debt of at
least 3%-5%. This could occur if it improves its margins after the
pandemic and the company employs a less-aggressive growth
strategy.

"We could lower our rating on Caliber over the next year if its
EBITDA contracts significantly such that it cannot meet its
financial covenants or it generates negative FOCF for an extended
period and drains its liquidity. This could occur if its margins
decline due to lower collision volumes or a loss of market share
stemming from operating issues at its shops or a dispute with a
major insurance company."


WATERVILLE-MONCLOVA: Seeks to Hire Diller and Rice as Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Waterville-Monclova Properties, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Ohio to hire Diller
and Rice, LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor with respect to its rights, powers and
duties in its Chapter 11 case;

     (b) advising and assisting the Debtor in the preparation of
its bankruptcy schedules and statement of financial affairs;

     (c) assisting and advising the Debtor in connection with the
administration of the case;

     (d) analyzing the claims of creditors and negotiate with such
creditors;

     (e) investigating the acts, conduct, assets, rights,
liabilities and financial condition of the Debtor and the Debtor's
business;

     (f) advising the Debtor and negotiating with respect to the
sale of its assets;

     (g) investigating, filing and prosecuting litigation on behalf
of the Debtor;

     (h) proposing a plan of reorganization;

     (i) appearing and representing the Debtor at hearings,
conferences and other proceedings;

     (j) preparing or reviewing motions, applications, orders and
other documents filed with the court;

     (k) instituting or continuing any appropriate proceedings to
recover assets of the estate;

     (l) other legal services.

Diller and Rice will be paid at these rates:

     Steven L. Diller     $315 per hour
     Raymond L. Beebe     $315 per hour
     Eric R. Neuman       $285 per hour
     Adam J. Motycka      $200 per hour

The firm received a retainer in the amount of $6,500 from the
Debtor, of which $1,738 was used to pay the filing fee.

Steven Diller, Esq., an attorney at Diller and Rice, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Diller and Rice can be reached at:

     Steven L. Diller,
     Diller and Rice, LLC
     124 East Main Street
     Van Wert, OH 45891
     Phone: (419) 238-5025
     Fax:(419) 238-4705
     Email: Steven@drlawllc.com

                About Waterville-Monclova Properties

Waterville-Monclova Properties, LLC is a Delta, Ohio-based company
formed in 2006.  Its business operations consist of holding and
renting certain real property.

Waterville-Monclova Properties sought protection under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ohio Case No. 21-30508) on
March 26, 2021. In the petition signed by Peggy Toedter, managing
member, the Debtor disclosed total assets of $1,201,810 and total
liabilities of $5,496,430.  Diller and Rice, LLC is the Debtor's
legal counsel.

Patricia B. Fugee has been appointed as Subchapter V trustee in the
Debtor's case.  Judge Mary Ann Whipple oversees the case.


WC CUSTER CREEK: Unsecureds Will be Paid in Full Over 60 Months
---------------------------------------------------------------
WC Custer Creek Property Center, LLC, filed an Amended Disclosure
Statement.

The Debtor's Plan provides for the reorganization of the Debtor and
the treatment (and payment in full) of all Allowed Claims against
and Interests in the Debtor.

The Property is the Debtor's principal asset. In February 2020, the
Debtor commissioned a formal appraisal of the Property, which
appraisal reflects a $12,200,000 property value; therefore, the
Debtor believes the Property value represents substantial equity
value over and above the total alleged Secured Claims. On the
Petition Date, the Debtor's books and records reflected outstanding
accounts receivable (unpaid tenant rents) in the amount of
approximately $533,708.

Class 3 Unsecured Claims totaling $308,429 will be paid in full, in
60 monthly installments, with interest at 2% per annum. Class 3 is
impaired.

Class 4 Insider Claims will be paid in full only after payment in
full of all Allowed Claims in Classes 1, 2 and 3.  Class 4 is
impaired.

Holders of Class 5 Equity Interests will retain their existing
Equity Interests; provided, that holders shall receive no
distributions on account of such interests prior to the repayment
in full of all Allowed Claims in Classes 1, 2, 3, and 4.  Class 5
is impaired.

All consideration necessary for the payment or tender of
distributions under the Plan will be derived from cash on hand on
the Effective Date, income generated by the Reorganized Debtor from
operations, and the proceeds from any sale or refinancing of the
Property.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Mark H. Ralston
     FISHMAN JACKSON RONQUILLO PLLC
     Three Galleria Tower
     13155 Noel Road, Suite 700
     Dallas, TX 75240
     Telephone: (972) 419-5544
     Facsimile: (972) 4419-5500
     E-mail: mralston@fjrpllc.com

Co-Counsel for the Debtor:

     Omar J. Alaniz
     Michael P. Cooley
     REED SMITH LLP
     2850 N. Harwood Street, Suite 1500
     Dallas, TX 75201
     Telephone: (469) 680-4200
     Facsimile: (469) 680-4299
     E-mail: oalaniz@reedsmith.com
             mpcooley@reedsmith.com

A copy of the Disclosure Statement is available at
https://bit.ly/2Q41oFq from PacerMonitor.com.

                About WC Custer Creek Center Property

Nate Paul is a successful real estate entrepreneur in the Austin
market—one of the hottest real estate markets in the country.  WC
Custer Creek Center Mezz, LLC is the manager of WC Custer Creek
Center Property, LLC; and Nate Paul is the manager.  WC Custer
Creek Center Property owns an approximately 78,705 square feet
parcel of real property improved by an income-producing shopping
center in Plano, Texas.

Austin, Texas-based WC Custer Creek Center Property, LLC, filed a
Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 20-11202) on Nov. 2,
2020.  Natin Paul, the manager, signed the petition.  In its
petition, the Debtor was estimated to have $10 million to $50
million in assets and $1 million to $10 million in liabilities.
Judge Tony M. Davis oversees the case.  The Debtor tapped Fishman
Jackson Ronquillo, PLLC and Reed Smith LLP as its legal counsel.
Columbia Consulting Group, PLLC is the Debtor's financial advisor.


YACHT CLUB: Unsecureds to Recover 100 Cents on Dollar in Plan
-------------------------------------------------------------
The Yacht Club Vacation Owners Association, Inc., submitted a
Chapter 11 Plan of Liquidation.

The Plan of Liquidation in the small business chapter 11 case is
filed under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and proposes to pay
creditors of the Debtor from cash flow from operations and the
conversion and sale of its Vacation Ownership Interests ("VOIs) in
a timeshare condominium after its conversion pursuant to the Plan
to conventional condominiums.

Unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will receive
distributions, which the proponent of the Plan has valued at
approximately 100 cents on the dollar.

The Plan also provides for the payment of administrative and
priority claims and potential allocations to co-owners from sale
proceeds.

Counsel for the Debtor:

     Daniel D. Doyle
     Scott H. Pummell
     LASHLY & BAER, P.C.
     714 Locust Street
     St. Louis, MO 63101
     Tel: (314) 621-2939
     Fax: (314) 621-6844
     E-mail: ddoyle@lashlybaer.com
             spummell@lashlybaer.com

A copy of the Chapter 11 Plan of Liquidation is available at
https://bit.ly/3mqdLb2 from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Yacht Club Vacation
                        Owners Association

Yacht Club Vacation Owners Association, Inc., filed its voluntary
petition under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Mo.
Case No. 20-41555) on Aug. 28, 2020, listing under $1 million in
both assets and liabilities.  Judge Brian T. Fenimore oversees the
case.  Daniel D. Doyle, Esq., at Lashly & Baer, P.C., Attorneys at
Law, serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


[^] BOOK REVIEW: The First Junk Bond
------------------------------------
Author:     Harlan D. Platt
Publisher:  Beard Books
Softcover:  236 pages
List Price: $34.95
Review by Gail Owens Hoelscher

Order your personal copy today and one for a colleague at
http://www.beardbooks.com/beardbooks/the_first_junk_bond.html

Only one in ten failed businesses is equal to the task of
reorganizing itself and satisfying its prior debts in some fashion.
This engrossing book follows the extraordinary journey of Texas
International, Inc (known by its New York Stock Exchange stock
symbol, TEI), through its corporate growth and decline, debt
exchange offers, and corporate renaissance as Phoenix Resource
Companies, Inc. As Harlan Platt puts it, TEI "flourished for a
brief luminous moment but then crashed to earth and was consumed."
TEI's story features attention-grabbing characters, petroleum
exploration innovations, financial innovations, and lots of risk
taking.

The First Junk Bond was originally published in 1994 and received
solidly favorable reviews. The then-managing director of High Yield
Securities Research and Economics for Merrill Lynch said that the
book "is a richly detailed case study. Platt integrates corporate
history, industry fundamentals, financial analysis and bankruptcy
law on a scale that has rarely, if ever, been attempted." A retired
U.S. Bankruptcy Court judge noted, "(i)t should appeal as
supplementary reading to students in both business schools and law
schools. Even those who practice.in the areas of business law,
accounting and investments can obtain a greater understanding and
perspective of their professional expertise."

"TEI's saga is noteworthy because of the company's resilience and
ingenuity in coping with the changing environment of the 1980s, its
execution of innovative corporate strategies that were widely
imitated and its extraordinary trading history," says the author.
TEI issued the first junk bond. In 1986 it achieved the largest
percentage gain on the NYSE, and in 1987 suffered the largest
percentage loss. It issued one of the first bonds secured by a
physical commodity and then later issued one of the first PIK
(payment in kind) bonds. It was one of the first vulture investors,
to be targeted by vulture investors later on. Its president was
involved in an insider trading scandal. It innovated strip
financing. It engaged in several workouts to sell off operations
and raise cash to reduce debt.  It completed three exchange offers
that converted debt in to equity.

In 1977, TEI, primarily an oil production outfit, had had a
reprieve from bankruptcy through Michael Milken's first ever junk
bond. The fresh capital had allowed TEI to acquire a controlling
interest of Phoenix Resources Company, a part of King Resources
Company. TEI purchased creditors' claims against King that were
subsequently converted into stock under the terms of King's
reorganization plan. Only two years later, cash deficiencies forced
Phoenix to sell off its nonenergy businesses. Vulture investors
tried to buy up outstanding TEI stock. TEI sold off its own
nonenergy businesses, and focused on oil and gas exploration. An
enormous oil discovery in Egypt made the future look grand. The
value of TEI stock soared. Somehow, however, less than two years
later, TEI was in bankruptcy. What a ride!

All told, the book has 63 tables and 32 figures on all aspects of
TEI's rise, fall, and renaissance. Businesspeople will find
especially absorbing the details of how the company's bankruptcy
filing affected various stakeholders, the bankruptcy negotiation
process, and the alternative post-bankruptcy financial structures
that were considered. Those interested in the oil and gas industry
will find the book a primer on the subject, with an appendix
devoted to exploration and drilling, and another on oil and gas
accounting.

Harlan Platt is professor of Finance at Northeastern University. He
is president of 911RISK, Inc., which specializes in developing
analytical models to predict corporate distress.


                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Washington, D.C., USA.
Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante, Rousel Elaine
Tumanda, Valerie Udtuhan, Howard C. Tolentino, Carmel Paderog,
Meriam Fernandez, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Cecil R. Villacampa,
Sheryl Joy P. Olano, Psyche A. Castillon, Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo
Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2021.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***